1
0

Add svn:eol-style property to source files, so that the line endings are correctly converted to the target system's native end of line style.

This commit is contained in:
Dean Camera
2010-05-08 03:12:14 +00:00
parent e331b531c6
commit 071e02c6b6
839 changed files with 274562 additions and 274562 deletions

View File

@@ -1,148 +1,148 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the AudioInput demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "AudioInput.h"
/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t Microphone_Audio_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
.DataINEndpointNumber = AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
ProcessNextSample();
Audio_Device_USBTask(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
/* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK);
}
/** Processes the next audio sample by reading the last ADC conversion and writing it to the audio
* interface, each time the sample reload timer period elapses to give a constant sample rate.
*/
void ProcessNextSample(void)
{
/* Check if the sample reload timer period has elapsed, and that the USB bus is ready for a new sample */
if ((TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A)) && Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(&Microphone_Audio_Interface))
{
TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A);
/* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
int16_t AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
#if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
/* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
#endif
Audio_Device_WriteSample16(&Microphone_Audio_Interface, AudioSample);
}
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Sample reload timer initialization */
OCR0A = (F_CPU / 8 / AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY) - 1;
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Stop the sample reload timer */
TCCR0B = 0;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Microphone_Audio_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the AudioInput demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "AudioInput.h"
/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t Microphone_Audio_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
.DataINEndpointNumber = AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
ProcessNextSample();
Audio_Device_USBTask(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
/* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK);
}
/** Processes the next audio sample by reading the last ADC conversion and writing it to the audio
* interface, each time the sample reload timer period elapses to give a constant sample rate.
*/
void ProcessNextSample(void)
{
/* Check if the sample reload timer period has elapsed, and that the USB bus is ready for a new sample */
if ((TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A)) && Audio_Device_IsReadyForNextSample(&Microphone_Audio_Interface))
{
TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A);
/* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
int16_t AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
#if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
/* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
#endif
Audio_Device_WriteSample16(&Microphone_Audio_Interface, AudioSample);
}
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Sample reload timer initialization */
OCR0A = (F_CPU / 8 / AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY) - 1;
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Stop the sample reload timer */
TCCR0B = 0;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Microphone_Audio_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Microphone_Audio_Interface);
}

View File

@@ -1,87 +1,87 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioInput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Audio.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* Macros: */
/** ADC channel number for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
/** ADC channel MUX mask for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK ADC_CHANNEL2
/** Maximum ADC sample value for the microphone input. */
#define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF
/** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
#define ADC_MAX_RANGE 0x3FF
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void ProcessNextSample(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioInput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Audio.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* Macros: */
/** ADC channel number for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
/** ADC channel MUX mask for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK ADC_CHANNEL2
/** Maximum ADC sample value for the microphone input. */
#define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF
/** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
#define ADC_MAX_RANGE 0x3FF
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void ProcessNextSample(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,83 +1,83 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Audio Input Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Audio Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Class Terminal Types Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Data Formats Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Audio Input device using the
* basic USB Audio drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
* required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a USB microphone. Incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will
* be sampled and sent to the host computer.
*
* To use, connect a microphone to the ADC channel 1.
*
* Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
* to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>Gives the audio sample rate per channel for the audio stream, in Hz.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Audio Input Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Audio Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Class Terminal Types Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Data Formats Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Audio Input device using the
* basic USB Audio drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
* required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a USB microphone. Incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will
* be sampled and sent to the host computer.
*
* To use, connect a microphone to the ADC channel 1.
*
* Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
* to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>Gives the audio sample rate per channel for the audio stream, in Hz.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

View File

@@ -1,314 +1,314 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(02.00),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2047,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t)),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_InputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x01,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_IN_MIC,
.AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
.TotalChannels = 1,
.ChannelConfig = 0,
.ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_OutputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x02,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_STREAMING,
.AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
.SourceID = 0x01,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 1,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TerminalLink = 0x02,
.FrameDelay = 1,
.AudioFormat = 0x0001
},
.Audio_AudioFormat =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Format_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Format,
.FormatType = 0x01,
.Channels = 0x01,
.SubFrameSize = 0x02,
.BitResolution = 16,
.SampleFrequencyType = AUDIO_TOTAL_SAMPLE_RATES,
.SampleFrequencies = {AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY)}
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 1
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.Attributes = 0x00,
.LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
.LockDelay = 0x0000
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(18), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Audio In Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(02.00),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2047,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t)),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_InputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x01,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_IN_MIC,
.AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
.TotalChannels = 1,
.ChannelConfig = 0,
.ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_OutputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x02,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_STREAMING,
.AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
.SourceID = 0x01,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 1,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TerminalLink = 0x02,
.FrameDelay = 1,
.AudioFormat = 0x0001
},
.Audio_AudioFormat =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Format_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Format,
.FormatType = 0x01,
.Channels = 0x01,
.SubFrameSize = 0x02,
.BitResolution = 16,
.SampleFrequencyType = AUDIO_TOTAL_SAMPLE_RATES,
.SampleFrequencies = {AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY)}
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 1
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.Attributes = 0x00,
.LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
.LockDelay = 0x0000
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(18), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Audio In Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View File

@@ -1,82 +1,82 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Audio.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. The Windows audio stack requires
* at least 192 bytes for correct output, thus the smaller 128 byte maximum endpoint size on some of the smaller
* USB AVR models will result in unavoidable distorted output.
*/
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM)
/** Sample frequency of the data being transmitted through the streaming endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY 48000
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Audio.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. The Windows audio stack requires
* at least 192 bytes for correct output, thus the smaller 128 byte maximum endpoint size on some of the smaller
* USB AVR models will result in unavoidable distorted output.
*/
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM)
/** Sample frequency of the data being transmitted through the streaming endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY 48000
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,201 +1,201 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the AudioOutput demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "AudioOutput.h"
/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t Speaker_Audio_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
ProcessNextSample();
Audio_Device_USBTask(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Processes the next audio sample by reading the last ADC conversion and writing it to the audio
* interface, each time the sample reload timer period elapses to give a constant sample rate.
*/
void ProcessNextSample(void)
{
/* Check if the sample reload timer period has elapsed, and that the USB bus is ready for a new sample */
if ((TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A)) && Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(&Speaker_Audio_Interface))
{
/* Clear the sample reload timer */
TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A);
/* Retrieve the signed 16-bit left and right audio samples, convert to 8-bit */
int8_t LeftSample_8Bit = (Audio_Device_ReadSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface) >> 8);
int8_t RightSample_8Bit = (Audio_Device_ReadSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface) >> 8);
/* Mix the two channels together to produce a mono, 8-bit sample */
int8_t MixedSample_8Bit = (((int16_t)LeftSample_8Bit + (int16_t)RightSample_8Bit) >> 1);
#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
/* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
OCR3A = (MixedSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
/* Load the dual 8-bit samples into the PWM timer channels */
OCR3A = (LeftSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
OCR3B = (RightSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
/* Load the 8-bit mixed sample into PORTC */
PORTC = MixedSample_8Bit;
#endif
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
if (MixedSample_8Bit > 16)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 8)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 4)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 2)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Sample reload timer initialization */
OCR0A = (F_CPU / 8 / AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY) - 1;
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
/* Set speaker as output */
DDRC |= (1 << 6);
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
/* Set speakers as outputs */
DDRC |= ((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
/* Set PORTC as outputs */
DDRC |= 0xFF;
#endif
#if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
/* PWM speaker timer initialization */
TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)
| (1 << COM3B1) | (1 << COM3B0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, Fcpu speed
#endif
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
/* Stop the sample reload timer */
TCCR0B = 0;
#if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
/* Stop the PWM generation timer */
TCCR3B = 0;
#endif
#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
/* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
/* Set speakers as inputs to reduce current draw */
DDRC &= ~((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
/* Set PORTC low */
PORTC = 0x00;
#endif
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Speaker_Audio_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the AudioOutput demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "AudioOutput.h"
/** LUFA Audio Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Audio Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_Audio_Device_t Speaker_Audio_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
ProcessNextSample();
Audio_Device_USBTask(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Processes the next audio sample by reading the last ADC conversion and writing it to the audio
* interface, each time the sample reload timer period elapses to give a constant sample rate.
*/
void ProcessNextSample(void)
{
/* Check if the sample reload timer period has elapsed, and that the USB bus is ready for a new sample */
if ((TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A)) && Audio_Device_IsSampleReceived(&Speaker_Audio_Interface))
{
/* Clear the sample reload timer */
TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A);
/* Retrieve the signed 16-bit left and right audio samples, convert to 8-bit */
int8_t LeftSample_8Bit = (Audio_Device_ReadSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface) >> 8);
int8_t RightSample_8Bit = (Audio_Device_ReadSample16(&Speaker_Audio_Interface) >> 8);
/* Mix the two channels together to produce a mono, 8-bit sample */
int8_t MixedSample_8Bit = (((int16_t)LeftSample_8Bit + (int16_t)RightSample_8Bit) >> 1);
#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
/* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
OCR3A = (MixedSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
/* Load the dual 8-bit samples into the PWM timer channels */
OCR3A = (LeftSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
OCR3B = (RightSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
/* Load the 8-bit mixed sample into PORTC */
PORTC = MixedSample_8Bit;
#endif
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
if (MixedSample_8Bit > 16)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 8)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 4)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 2)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Sample reload timer initialization */
OCR0A = (F_CPU / 8 / AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY) - 1;
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
/* Set speaker as output */
DDRC |= (1 << 6);
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
/* Set speakers as outputs */
DDRC |= ((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
/* Set PORTC as outputs */
DDRC |= 0xFF;
#endif
#if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
/* PWM speaker timer initialization */
TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)
| (1 << COM3B1) | (1 << COM3B0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, Fcpu speed
#endif
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
/* Stop the sample reload timer */
TCCR0B = 0;
#if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
/* Stop the PWM generation timer */
TCCR3B = 0;
#endif
#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
/* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
/* Set speakers as inputs to reduce current draw */
DDRC &= ~((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
/* Set PORTC low */
PORTC = 0x00;
#endif
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(Audio_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Speaker_Audio_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
Audio_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Speaker_Audio_Interface);
}

View File

@@ -1,75 +1,75 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioOutput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Audio.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void ProcessNextSample(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioOutput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Audio.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void ProcessNextSample(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,96 +1,96 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Audio Output Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Audio Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Class Terminal Types Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Data Formats Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Audio Output device using the
* basic USB Audio drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
* required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a USB speaker. Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto
* the timer 3 output compare channel A for AUDIO_OUT_MONO mode, on
* timer 3 channels A and B for AUDIO_OUT_STEREO and on PORTC as a signed
* mono sample for AUDIO_OUT_PORTC. Audio output will also be indicated on
* the board LEDs in all modes. Decouple audio outputs with a capacitor and
* attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
*
* Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
* to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_STEREO</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in stereo to the timer output pins of the microcontroller.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_MONO</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to the timer output pin of the microcontroller.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_PORTC</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to port C of the microcontroller, for connection to an
* external DAC.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>Gives the audio sample rate per channel for the audio stream, in Hz.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Audio Output Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Audio Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Class Terminal Types Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Data Formats Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Audio Output device using the
* basic USB Audio drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
* required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a USB speaker. Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto
* the timer 3 output compare channel A for AUDIO_OUT_MONO mode, on
* timer 3 channels A and B for AUDIO_OUT_STEREO and on PORTC as a signed
* mono sample for AUDIO_OUT_PORTC. Audio output will also be indicated on
* the board LEDs in all modes. Decouple audio outputs with a capacitor and
* attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
*
* Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
* to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_STEREO</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in stereo to the timer output pins of the microcontroller.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_MONO</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to the timer output pin of the microcontroller.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_PORTC</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to port C of the microcontroller, for connection to an
* external DAC.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>Gives the audio sample rate per channel for the audio stream, in Hz.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

View File

@@ -1,314 +1,314 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(02.00),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2046,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t)),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_InputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x01,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_STREAMING,
.AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
.TotalChannels = 2,
.ChannelConfig = (CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT | CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT),
.ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_OutputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x02,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER,
.AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
.SourceID = 0x01,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 1,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TerminalLink = 0x01,
.FrameDelay = 1,
.AudioFormat = 0x0001
},
.Audio_AudioFormat =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Format_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Format,
.FormatType = 0x01,
.Channels = 0x02,
.SubFrameSize = 0x02,
.BitResolution = 16,
.SampleFrequencyType = AUDIO_TOTAL_SAMPLE_RATES,
.SampleFrequencies = {AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY)}
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 1
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.Attributes = EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS,
.LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
.LockDelay = 0x0000
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(19), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Audio Out Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(02.00),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2046,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t)),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_InputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x01,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_STREAMING,
.AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
.TotalChannels = 2,
.ChannelConfig = (CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT | CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT),
.ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_OutputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x02,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER,
.AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
.SourceID = 0x01,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 1,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TerminalLink = 0x01,
.FrameDelay = 1,
.AudioFormat = 0x0001
},
.Audio_AudioFormat =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Format_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Format,
.FormatType = 0x01,
.Channels = 0x02,
.SubFrameSize = 0x02,
.BitResolution = 16,
.SampleFrequencyType = AUDIO_TOTAL_SAMPLE_RATES,
.SampleFrequencies = {AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQ(AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY)}
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 1
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.Attributes = EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS,
.LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
.LockDelay = 0x0000
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(19), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Audio Out Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View File

@@ -1,82 +1,82 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Audio.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. The Windows audio stack requires
* at least 192 bytes for correct output, thus the smaller 128 byte maximum endpoint size on some of the smaller
* USB AVR models will result in unavoidable distorted output.
*/
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM)
/** Sample frequency of the data being transmitted through the streaming endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY 48000
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Audio.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. The Windows audio stack requires
* at least 192 bytes for correct output, thus the smaller 128 byte maximum endpoint size on some of the smaller
* USB AVR models will result in unavoidable distorted output.
*/
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM)
/** Sample frequency of the data being transmitted through the streaming endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY 48000
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,381 +1,381 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0xEF,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204E,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 4,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC1_IAD =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
.FirstInterfaceIndex = 0,
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC1_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC1_Functional_IntHeader =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC1_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x06}
},
.CDC1_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x00, 0x01}
},
.CDC1_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC1_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC1_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC1_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC1_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC1_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC2_IAD =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
.FirstInterfaceIndex = 2,
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC2_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 2,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC2_Functional_IntHeader =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC2_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x06}
},
.CDC2_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x02, 0x03}
},
.CDC2_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC2_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 3,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC2_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC2_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC2_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC2_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(13), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Dual CDC Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0xEF,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204E,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 4,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC1_IAD =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
.FirstInterfaceIndex = 0,
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC1_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC1_Functional_IntHeader =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC1_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x06}
},
.CDC1_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x00, 0x01}
},
.CDC1_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC1_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC1_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC1_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC1_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC1_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC2_IAD =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
.FirstInterfaceIndex = 2,
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC2_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 2,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC2_Functional_IntHeader =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC2_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x06}
},
.CDC2_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x02, 0x03}
},
.CDC2_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC2_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 3,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC2_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC2_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC2_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC2_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(13), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Dual CDC Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View File

@@ -1,102 +1,102 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC1_TX_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC1_RX_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 4
/** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC2_TX_EPNUM 5
/** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC2_RX_EPNUM 6
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoints. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC1_IAD;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_IntHeader;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC1_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC2_IAD;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_IntHeader;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC2_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC1_TX_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC1_RX_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 4
/** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC2_TX_EPNUM 5
/** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC2_RX_EPNUM 6
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoints. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC1_IAD;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_IntHeader;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC1_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC2_IAD;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_IntHeader;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC2_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,192 +1,192 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the DualVirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "DualVirtualSerial.h"
/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the first CDC interface,
* which sends strings to the host for each joystick movement.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.ControlInterfaceNumber = 0,
.DataINEndpointNumber = CDC1_TX_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = CDC1_RX_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.NotificationEndpointNumber = CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM,
.NotificationEndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.NotificationEndpointDoubleBank = false,
},
};
/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the second CDC interface,
* which echos back all received data from the host.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.ControlInterfaceNumber = 2,
.DataINEndpointNumber = CDC2_TX_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = CDC2_RX_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.NotificationEndpointNumber = CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM,
.NotificationEndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.NotificationEndpointDoubleBank = false,
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
CheckJoystickMovement();
/* Discard all received data on the first CDC interface */
while (CDC_Device_BytesReceived(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface))
CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
/* Echo all received data on the second CDC interface */
while (CDC_Device_BytesReceived(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface))
CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface, CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface));
CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change
* through the first of the CDC interfaces.
*/
void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
{
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
char* ReportString = NULL;
static bool ActionSent = false;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
else
ActionSent = false;
if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
{
ActionSent = true;
CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface, ReportString, strlen(ReportString));
}
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
if (!(CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the DualVirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "DualVirtualSerial.h"
/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the first CDC interface,
* which sends strings to the host for each joystick movement.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.ControlInterfaceNumber = 0,
.DataINEndpointNumber = CDC1_TX_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = CDC1_RX_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.NotificationEndpointNumber = CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM,
.NotificationEndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.NotificationEndpointDoubleBank = false,
},
};
/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the second CDC interface,
* which echos back all received data from the host.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.ControlInterfaceNumber = 2,
.DataINEndpointNumber = CDC2_TX_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = CDC2_RX_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.NotificationEndpointNumber = CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM,
.NotificationEndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.NotificationEndpointDoubleBank = false,
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
CheckJoystickMovement();
/* Discard all received data on the first CDC interface */
while (CDC_Device_BytesReceived(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface))
CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
/* Echo all received data on the second CDC interface */
while (CDC_Device_BytesReceived(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface))
CDC_Device_SendByte(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface, CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface));
CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending strings to the host upon each change
* through the first of the CDC interfaces.
*/
void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
{
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
char* ReportString = NULL;
static bool ActionSent = false;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
else
ActionSent = false;
if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false))
{
ActionSent = true;
CDC_Device_SendString(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface, ReportString, strlen(ReportString));
}
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
if (!(CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial1_CDC_Interface);
CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial2_CDC_Interface);
}

View File

@@ -1,76 +1,76 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DualVirtualSerial.c.
*/
#ifndef _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
#define _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DualVirtualSerial.c.
*/
#ifndef _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
#define _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/CDC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,85 +1,85 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Dual Communications Device Class (Dual Virtual Serial Port) Device
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Interface Association Descriptor ECN \n
* USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Dual Communications Device Class demonstration application.
* This gives a simple reference application for implementing
* a compound device with dual CDC functions acting as a pair
* of virtual serial ports. This demo uses Interface Association
* Descriptors to link together the pair of related CDC
* descriptors for each virtual serial port, which may not be
* supported in all OSes - Windows Vista is supported, as is
* XP (although the latter may need a hotfix to function).
*
* Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings
* through the first serial port. The device does not respond to
* serial data sent from the host in the first serial port.
*
* The second serial port echoes back data sent from the host.
*
* After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
* you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
* project's directory as the device's driver when running under
* Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
* negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
* Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
* CDC-ACM drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Dual Communications Device Class (Dual Virtual Serial Port) Device
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Interface Association Descriptor ECN \n
* USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Dual Communications Device Class demonstration application.
* This gives a simple reference application for implementing
* a compound device with dual CDC functions acting as a pair
* of virtual serial ports. This demo uses Interface Association
* Descriptors to link together the pair of related CDC
* descriptors for each virtual serial port, which may not be
* supported in all OSes - Windows Vista is supported, as is
* XP (although the latter may need a hotfix to function).
*
* Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings
* through the first serial port. The device does not respond to
* serial data sent from the host in the first serial port.
*
* The second serial port echoes back data sent from the host.
*
* After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
* you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
* project's directory as the device's driver when running under
* Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
* negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
* Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
* CDC-ACM drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

View File

@@ -1,106 +1,106 @@
;************************************************************
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature="$Windows NT$"
Class=Ports
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%MFGNAME%
LayoutFile=layout.inf
CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat
DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0
[Manufacturer]
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir=12
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.nt]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt
AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.nt]
usbser.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.nt.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt
[DriverService.nt]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vista-64bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.NTamd64]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64
AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64]
%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64
[DriverService.NTamd64]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[SourceDisksFiles]
[SourceDisksNames]
[DeviceList]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; String Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;Modify these strings to customize your device
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Strings]
MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista"
DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser"
MFGNAME="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com"
INSTDISK="LUFA Dual CDC Driver Installer"
DESCRIPTION="Communications Port"
;************************************************************
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature="$Windows NT$"
Class=Ports
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%MFGNAME%
LayoutFile=layout.inf
CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat
DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0
[Manufacturer]
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir=12
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.nt]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt
AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.nt]
usbser.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.nt.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt
[DriverService.nt]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vista-64bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.NTamd64]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64
AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64]
%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64
[DriverService.NTamd64]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[SourceDisksFiles]
[SourceDisksNames]
[DeviceList]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; String Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;Modify these strings to customize your device
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Strings]
MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista"
DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser"
MFGNAME="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com"
INSTDISK="LUFA Dual CDC Driver Installer"
DESCRIPTION="Communications Port"
SERVICE="USB RS-232 Emulation Driver"

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,240 +1,240 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
{
0x06, 0x9c, 0xff, /* Usage Page (Vendor Defined) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Vendor Defined) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Vendor Defined) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Vendor Defined) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE, /* Report Count (GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE) */
0x15, 0x80, /* Logical Minimum (-128) */
0x25, 0x7F, /* Logical Maximum (127) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x09, 0x03, /* Usage (Vendor Defined) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE, /* Report Count (GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0xff, /* Logical Maximum (255) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204F,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = HID_NON_BOOT_PROTOCOL,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_GenericHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | GENERIC_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(21), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Generic HID Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&GenericReport;
Size = sizeof(GenericReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
{
0x06, 0x9c, 0xff, /* Usage Page (Vendor Defined) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Vendor Defined) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Vendor Defined) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Vendor Defined) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE, /* Report Count (GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE) */
0x15, 0x80, /* Logical Minimum (-128) */
0x25, 0x7F, /* Logical Maximum (127) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x09, 0x03, /* Usage (Vendor Defined) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE, /* Report Count (GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0xff, /* Logical Maximum (255) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204F,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = HID_NON_BOOT_PROTOCOL,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_GenericHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | GENERIC_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(21), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Generic HID Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&GenericReport;
Size = sizeof(GenericReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View File

@@ -1,72 +1,72 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID_GenericHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define GENERIC_IN_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
#define GENERIC_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */
#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID_GenericHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define GENERIC_IN_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
#define GENERIC_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */
#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,171 +1,171 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the GenericHID demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "GenericHID.h"
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
/** Structure to contain reports from the host, so that they can be echoed back upon request */
struct
{
uint8_t ReportID;
uint16_t ReportSize;
uint8_t ReportData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
} HIDReportEcho;
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = GENERIC_IN_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Generic_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
if (HIDReportEcho.ReportID)
*ReportID = HIDReportEcho.ReportID;
memcpy(ReportData, HIDReportEcho.ReportData, HIDReportEcho.ReportSize);
*ReportSize = HIDReportEcho.ReportSize;
return true;
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
HIDReportEcho.ReportID = ReportID;
HIDReportEcho.ReportSize = ReportSize;
memcpy(HIDReportEcho.ReportData, ReportData, ReportSize);
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the GenericHID demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "GenericHID.h"
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevHIDReportBuffer[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
/** Structure to contain reports from the host, so that they can be echoed back upon request */
struct
{
uint8_t ReportID;
uint16_t ReportSize;
uint8_t ReportData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
} HIDReportEcho;
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Generic_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = GENERIC_IN_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Device_USBTask(&Generic_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Generic_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Generic_HID_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Generic_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
if (HIDReportEcho.ReportID)
*ReportID = HIDReportEcho.ReportID;
memcpy(ReportData, HIDReportEcho.ReportData, HIDReportEcho.ReportSize);
*ReportSize = HIDReportEcho.ReportSize;
return true;
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
HIDReportEcho.ReportID = ReportID;
HIDReportEcho.ReportSize = ReportSize;
memcpy(HIDReportEcho.ReportData, ReportData, ReportSize);
}

View File

@@ -1,80 +1,80 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for GenericHID.c.
*/
#ifndef _GENERICHID_H_
#define _GENERICHID_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for GenericHID.c.
*/
#ifndef _GENERICHID_H_
#define _GENERICHID_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,75 +1,75 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Generic HID Device
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Generic HID device demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
* for implementing a generic HID device, using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
* OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). By default it accepts and sends up to 8 byte reports
* to and from a USB Host, and transmits the last sent report back to the host.
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a vendor HID device.
* When controlled by a custom HID class application, reports can be sent and received by
* both the standard data endpoint and control request methods defined in the HID specification.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received. The value must be an
* integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Generic HID Device
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Generic HID device demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
* for implementing a generic HID device, using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
* OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). By default it accepts and sends up to 8 byte reports
* to and from a USB Host, and transmits the last sent report back to the host.
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a vendor HID device.
* When controlled by a custom HID class application, reports can be sent and received by
* both the standard data endpoint and control request methods defined in the HID specification.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received. The value must be an
* integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,250 +1,250 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM JoystickReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x04, /* Usage (Joystick) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
0xa1, 0x00, /* Collection (Physical) */
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage (X) */
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage (Y) */
0x15, 0x9c, /* Logical Minimum (-100) */
0x25, 0x64, /* Logical Maximum (100) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x81, 0x82, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute, Volatile) */
0xc0, /* End Collection */
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Button 2) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Button 1) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x75, 0x06, /* Report Size (6) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2043,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = HID_NON_BOOT_PROTOCOL,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_JoystickHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(JoystickReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | JOYSTICK_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(18), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Joystick Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_JoystickHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&JoystickReport;
Size = sizeof(JoystickReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM JoystickReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x04, /* Usage (Joystick) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
0xa1, 0x00, /* Collection (Physical) */
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage (X) */
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage (Y) */
0x15, 0x9c, /* Logical Minimum (-100) */
0x25, 0x64, /* Logical Maximum (100) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x81, 0x82, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute, Volatile) */
0xc0, /* End Collection */
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Button 2) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Button 1) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x75, 0x06, /* Report Size (6) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2043,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = HID_NON_BOOT_PROTOCOL,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_JoystickHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(JoystickReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | JOYSTICK_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(18), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Joystick Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_JoystickHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&JoystickReport;
Size = sizeof(JoystickReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View File

@@ -1,69 +1,69 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID_JoystickHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define JOYSTICK_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define JOYSTICK_EPSIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID_JoystickHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define JOYSTICK_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define JOYSTICK_EPSIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,179 +1,179 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Joystick demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Joystick.h"
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t)];
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Joystick_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = JOYSTICK_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Device_USBTask(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Joystick_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* JoystickReport = (USB_JoystickReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
JoystickReport->Y = -100;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
JoystickReport->Y = 100;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
JoystickReport->X = -100;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
JoystickReport->X = 100;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
JoystickReport->Button = (1 << 1);
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
JoystickReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t);
return false;
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
// Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Joystick demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Joystick.h"
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t)];
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Joystick_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = JOYSTICK_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevJoystickHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Device_USBTask(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Joystick_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Joystick_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* JoystickReport = (USB_JoystickReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
JoystickReport->Y = -100;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
JoystickReport->Y = 100;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
JoystickReport->X = -100;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
JoystickReport->X = 100;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
JoystickReport->Button = (1 << 1);
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
JoystickReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t);
return false;
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
// Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
}

View File

@@ -1,93 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Joystick.c.
*/
#ifndef _JOYSTICK_H_
#define _JOYSTICK_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the joystick HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
*/
typedef struct
{
int8_t X; /**< Current absolute joystick X position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
int8_t Y; /**< Current absolute joystick Y position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed joystick buttons */
} USB_JoystickReport_Data_t;
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Joystick.c.
*/
#ifndef _JOYSTICK_H_
#define _JOYSTICK_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the joystick HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
*/
typedef struct
{
int8_t X; /**< Current absolute joystick X position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
int8_t Y; /**< Current absolute joystick Y position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed joystick buttons */
} USB_JoystickReport_Data_t;
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,73 +1,73 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Joystick Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Joystick demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Keyboard device, for USB Joysticks
* using the standard Keyboard HID profile.
*
* This device will show up as a generic joystick device, with two buttons.
* Pressing the joystick inwards is the first button, and the HWB button
* is the second.
*
* Moving the joystick on the selected board moves the joystick location on
* the host computer.
*
* Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Joystick Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Joystick demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Keyboard device, for USB Joysticks
* using the standard Keyboard HID profile.
*
* This device will show up as a generic joystick device, with two buttons.
* Pressing the joystick inwards is the first button, and the HWB button
* is the second.
*
* Moving the joystick on the selected board moves the joystick location on
* the host computer.
*
* Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,257 +1,257 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Based on code by Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x06, /* Usage (Keyboard) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x08, /* Report Count (8) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Key Codes) */
0x19, 0xe0, /* Usage Minimum (Keyboard LeftControl) */
0x29, 0xe7, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Right GUI) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x81, 0x03, /* Input (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x05, /* Report Count (5) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x08, /* Usage Page (LEDs) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Num Lock) */
0x29, 0x05, /* Usage Maximum (Kana) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x03, /* Report Size (3) */
0x91, 0x03, /* Output (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x06, /* Report Count (6) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x65, /* Logical Maximum (101) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Keyboard) */
0x19, 0x00, /* Usage Minimum (Reserved (no event indicated)) */
0x29, 0x65, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Application) */
0x81, 0x00, /* Input (Data, Array, Absolute) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2042,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = HID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | KEYBOARD_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(16), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Denver Gingerich"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(18), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Keyboard Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Based on code by Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x06, /* Usage (Keyboard) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x08, /* Report Count (8) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Key Codes) */
0x19, 0xe0, /* Usage Minimum (Keyboard LeftControl) */
0x29, 0xe7, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Right GUI) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x81, 0x03, /* Input (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x05, /* Report Count (5) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x08, /* Usage Page (LEDs) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Num Lock) */
0x29, 0x05, /* Usage Maximum (Kana) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x03, /* Report Size (3) */
0x91, 0x03, /* Output (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x06, /* Report Count (6) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x65, /* Logical Maximum (101) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Keyboard) */
0x19, 0x00, /* Usage Minimum (Reserved (no event indicated)) */
0x29, 0x65, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Application) */
0x81, 0x00, /* Input (Data, Array, Absolute) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2042,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = HID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | KEYBOARD_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(16), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Denver Gingerich"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(18), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Keyboard Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View File

@@ -1,70 +1,70 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Based on code by Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID_KeyboardHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Based on code by Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID_KeyboardHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,196 +1,196 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Keyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Keyboard.h"
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = KEYBOARD_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware()
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
uint8_t UsedKeyCodes = 0;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x04; // A
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x05; // B
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x06; // C
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x07; // D
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x08; // E
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x09; // F
if (UsedKeyCodes)
KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT;
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
return false;
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Keyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Keyboard.h"
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = KEYBOARD_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware()
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
uint8_t UsedKeyCodes = 0;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x04; // A
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x05; // B
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x06; // C
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x07; // D
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x08; // E
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x09; // F
if (UsedKeyCodes)
KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT;
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
return false;
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}

View File

@@ -1,84 +1,84 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Based on code by Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Keyboard.c.
*/
#ifndef _KEYBOARD_H_
#define _KEYBOARD_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Based on code by Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Keyboard.c.
*/
#ifndef _KEYBOARD_H_
#define _KEYBOARD_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,72 +1,72 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Keyboard Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Keyboard Subclass</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
* for implementing a USB Keyboard using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
* OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is boot protocol compatible, and thus
* works under compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard (e.g. PS/2).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard
* when the USB connection to a host is present. To use the keyboard example,
* manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID
* documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses. Unlike
* other LUFA Keyboard demos, this example shows explicitly how to send multiple keypresses
* inside the same report to the host.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Keyboard Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Keyboard Subclass</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
* for implementing a USB Keyboard using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
* OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is boot protocol compatible, and thus
* works under compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard (e.g. PS/2).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard
* when the USB connection to a host is present. To use the keyboard example,
* manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID
* documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses. Unlike
* other LUFA Keyboard demos, this example shows explicitly how to send multiple keypresses
* inside the same report to the host.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,344 +1,344 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*
* This descriptor describes the mouse HID interface's report structure.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Mouse) */
0xA1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
0xA1, 0x00, /* Collection (Physical) */
0x95, 0x03, /* Report Count (3) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Button 1) */
0x29, 0x03, /* Usage Maximum (Button 3) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x05, /* Report Size (5) */
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop Control) */
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage X */
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage Y */
0x15, 0x81, /* Logical Minimum (-127) */
0x25, 0x7F, /* Logical Maximum (127) */
0x81, 0x06, /* Input (Data, Variable, Relative) */
0xC0, /* End Collection */
0xC0, /* End Collection */
};
/** Same as the MouseReport structure, but defines the keyboard HID interface's report structure. */
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x06, /* Usage (Keyboard) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x08, /* Report Count (8) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Key Codes) */
0x19, 0xe0, /* Usage Minimum (Keyboard LeftControl) */
0x29, 0xe7, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Right GUI) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x81, 0x03, /* Input (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x05, /* Report Count (5) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x08, /* Usage Page (LEDs) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Num Lock) */
0x29, 0x05, /* Usage Maximum (Kana) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x03, /* Report Size (3) */
0x91, 0x03, /* Output (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x06, /* Report Count (6) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x65, /* Logical Maximum (101) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Keyboard) */
0x19, 0x00, /* Usage Minimum (Reserved (no event indicated)) */
0x29, 0x65, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Application) */
0x81, 0x00, /* Input (Data, Array, Absolute) */
0xC0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204D,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID1_KeyboardInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = HID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID1_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID1_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
.HID2_MouseInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x01,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = HID_BOOT_MOUSE_PROTOCOL,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID2_MouseHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
},
.HID2_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MOUSE_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(28), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mouse and Keyboard Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
if (!(wIndex))
{
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID1_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
}
else
{
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID2_MouseHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
}
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
if (!(wIndex))
{
Address = (void*)&KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
}
else
{
Address = (void*)&MouseReport;
Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*
* This descriptor describes the mouse HID interface's report structure.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Mouse) */
0xA1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
0xA1, 0x00, /* Collection (Physical) */
0x95, 0x03, /* Report Count (3) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Button 1) */
0x29, 0x03, /* Usage Maximum (Button 3) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x05, /* Report Size (5) */
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop Control) */
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage X */
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage Y */
0x15, 0x81, /* Logical Minimum (-127) */
0x25, 0x7F, /* Logical Maximum (127) */
0x81, 0x06, /* Input (Data, Variable, Relative) */
0xC0, /* End Collection */
0xC0, /* End Collection */
};
/** Same as the MouseReport structure, but defines the keyboard HID interface's report structure. */
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x06, /* Usage (Keyboard) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x08, /* Report Count (8) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Key Codes) */
0x19, 0xe0, /* Usage Minimum (Keyboard LeftControl) */
0x29, 0xe7, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Right GUI) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x81, 0x03, /* Input (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x05, /* Report Count (5) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x08, /* Usage Page (LEDs) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Num Lock) */
0x29, 0x05, /* Usage Maximum (Kana) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x03, /* Report Size (3) */
0x91, 0x03, /* Output (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x06, /* Report Count (6) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x65, /* Logical Maximum (101) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Keyboard) */
0x19, 0x00, /* Usage Minimum (Reserved (no event indicated)) */
0x29, 0x65, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Application) */
0x81, 0x00, /* Input (Data, Array, Absolute) */
0xC0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204D,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID1_KeyboardInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = HID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID1_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID1_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
.HID2_MouseInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x01,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = HID_BOOT_MOUSE_PROTOCOL,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID2_MouseHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
},
.HID2_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MOUSE_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(28), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mouse and Keyboard Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
if (!(wIndex))
{
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID1_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
}
else
{
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID2_MouseHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
}
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
if (!(wIndex))
{
Address = (void*)&KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
}
else
{
Address = (void*)&MouseReport;
Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View File

@@ -1,76 +1,76 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID1_KeyboardInterface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID1_KeyboardHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportINEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID2_MouseInterface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID2_MouseHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID2_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define MOUSE_IN_EPNUM 3
/** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define HID_EPSIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID1_KeyboardInterface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID1_KeyboardHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportINEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID2_MouseInterface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID2_MouseHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID2_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define MOUSE_IN_EPNUM 3
/** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define HID_EPSIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,253 +1,253 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the KeyboardMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "KeyboardMouse.h"
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the keyboard HID
* interface within the device.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the mouse HID
* interface within the device.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = MOUSE_IN_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware()
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
/* Determine which interface must have its report generated */
if (HIDInterfaceInfo == &Keyboard_HID_Interface)
{
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
/* If first board button not being held down, no keyboard report */
if (!(ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
return 0;
KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x04; // A
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x05; // B
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x06; // C
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x07; // D
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x08; // E
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
return false;
}
else
{
USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
/* If first board button being held down, no mouse report */
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
return 0;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
MouseReport->Y = -1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
MouseReport->Y = 1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
MouseReport->X = -1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
MouseReport->X = 1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
return true;
}
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
if (HIDInterfaceInfo == &Keyboard_HID_Interface)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the KeyboardMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "KeyboardMouse.h"
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the keyboard HID
* interface within the device.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another. This is for the mouse HID
* interface within the device.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = MOUSE_IN_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware()
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
/* Determine which interface must have its report generated */
if (HIDInterfaceInfo == &Keyboard_HID_Interface)
{
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
/* If first board button not being held down, no keyboard report */
if (!(ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
return 0;
KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x04; // A
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x05; // B
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x06; // C
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x07; // D
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x08; // E
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
return false;
}
else
{
USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
/* If first board button being held down, no mouse report */
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
return 0;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
MouseReport->Y = -1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
MouseReport->Y = 1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
MouseReport->X = -1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
MouseReport->X = 1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
return true;
}
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
if (HIDInterfaceInfo == &Keyboard_HID_Interface)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
}

View File

@@ -1,79 +1,79 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,77 +1,77 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Dual HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a composite device containing both USB Keyboard
* and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern OSes
* (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses two separate HID
* interfaces for each function. It is boot protocol compatible, and thus works under
* compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard and mouse (e.g. PS/2).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a keyboard when the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not
* pressed. When enabled, manipulate the joystick to send the letters
* a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID documentation for more information
* on sending keyboard event and key presses.
*
* When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the
* joystick to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a
* left-button click.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Dual HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a composite device containing both USB Keyboard
* and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern OSes
* (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses two separate HID
* interfaces for each function. It is boot protocol compatible, and thus works under
* compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard and mouse (e.g. PS/2).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a keyboard when the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not
* pressed. When enabled, manipulate the joystick to send the letters
* a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID documentation for more information
* on sending keyboard event and key presses.
*
* When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the
* joystick to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a
* left-button click.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,326 +1,326 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2048,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_StreamInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x03,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
.JackID = 0x01,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
.JackID = 0x02,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
.JackID = 0x03,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x02},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
.JackID = 0x04,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x01},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x01}
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x03}
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(14), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA MIDI Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2048,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_StreamInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x03,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_AudioInterface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
.JackID = 0x01,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
.JackID = 0x02,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
.JackID = 0x03,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x02},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
.JackType = MIDI_JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
.JackID = 0x04,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x01},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x01}
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x03}
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(14), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA MIDI Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View File

@@ -1,81 +1,81 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDI.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
USB_MIDI_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDI.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
USB_MIDI_AudioInterface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,193 +1,193 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MIDI.h"
/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
.DataINEndpointNumber = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
CheckJoystickMovement();
MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
if (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
{
if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Command == (MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON >> 4)) && (ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data3 > 0))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
else
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
}
MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending MIDI events to the host upon each change. */
void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
{
static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
uint8_t MIDIPitch;
/* Get current joystick mask, XOR with previous to detect joystick changes */
uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
/* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
}
if (MIDICommand)
{
MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
{
.CableNumber = 0,
.Command = (MIDICommand >> 4),
.Data1 = MIDICommand | Channel,
.Data2 = MIDIPitch,
.Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
};
MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent);
MIDI_Device_Flush(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
}
PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MIDI demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MIDI.h"
/** LUFA MIDI Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all MIDI Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MIDI_Device_t Keyboard_MIDI_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.StreamingInterfaceNumber = 1,
.DataINEndpointNumber = MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
CheckJoystickMovement();
MIDI_EventPacket_t ReceivedMIDIEvent;
if (MIDI_Device_ReceiveEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &ReceivedMIDIEvent))
{
if ((ReceivedMIDIEvent.Command == (MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON >> 4)) && (ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data3 > 0))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(ReceivedMIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
else
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
}
MIDI_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Checks for changes in the position of the board joystick, sending MIDI events to the host upon each change. */
void CheckJoystickMovement(void)
{
static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
uint8_t MIDIPitch;
/* Get current joystick mask, XOR with previous to detect joystick changes */
uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
/* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
}
if (MIDICommand)
{
MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (MIDI_EventPacket_t)
{
.CableNumber = 0,
.Command = (MIDICommand >> 4),
.Data1 = MIDICommand | Channel,
.Data2 = MIDIPitch,
.Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
};
MIDI_Device_SendEventPacket(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface, &MIDIEvent);
MIDI_Device_Flush(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
}
PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(MIDI_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
MIDI_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_MIDI_Interface);
}

View File

@@ -1,79 +1,79 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioOutput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDI.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioOutput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MIDI.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void CheckJoystickMovement(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,74 +1,74 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage MIDI Input Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Audio Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
* USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
* General MIDI Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices.
* It is built upon the USB Audio class.
*
* Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and
* are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any
* MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices.
*
* If the HWB is not pressed, channel 1 (default piano) is used. If
* the HWB is set, then channel 10 (default percussion) is selected.
*
* This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being
* generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage MIDI Input Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Audio Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
* USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
* General MIDI Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices.
* It is built upon the USB Audio class.
*
* Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and
* are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any
* MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices.
*
* If the HWB is not pressed, channel 1 (default piano) is used. If
* the HWB is set, then channel 10 (default percussion) is selected.
*
* This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being
* generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,217 +1,217 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2045,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED,
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.MS_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x08,
.SubClass = 0x06,
.Protocol = 0x50,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MS_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(22), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mass Storage Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2045,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED,
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.MS_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x08,
.SubClass = 0x06,
.Protocol = 0x50,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MS_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(22), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mass Storage Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View File

@@ -1,72 +1,72 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM 4
/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM 4
/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,81 +1,81 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DataflashManager.c.
*/
#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "MassStorage.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
#endif
/* Defines: */
/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more dataflash ICs. */
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
* storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
* change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DataflashManager.c.
*/
#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "MassStorage.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
#endif
/* Defines: */
/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more dataflash ICs. */
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
* storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
* change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,286 +1,286 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
* devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
* which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
#include "SCSI.h"
/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
* features and capabilities.
*/
SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
{
.DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
.Removable = true,
.Version = 0,
.ResponseDataFormat = 2,
.NormACA = false,
.TrmTsk = false,
.AERC = false,
.AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
.SoftReset = false,
.CmdQue = false,
.Linked = false,
.Sync = false,
.WideBus16Bit = false,
.WideBus32Bit = false,
.RelAddr = false,
.VendorID = "LUFA",
.ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
.RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
};
/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
* command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
*/
SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
{
.ResponseCode = 0x70,
.AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
};
/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
* to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
* a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
/* Set initial sense data, before the requested command is processed */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
{
case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
break;
default:
/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
break;
}
return (SenseData.SenseKey == SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD);
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
* and capabilities to the host.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint16_t AllocationLength = (((uint16_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3] << 8) |
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]);
uint16_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(InquiryData))? AllocationLength :
sizeof(InquiryData);
/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
{
/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
* including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
uint8_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(SenseData))? AllocationLength : sizeof(SenseData);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
* on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
* board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
* supported.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
{
/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
{
/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
* and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level dataflash routine to handle the actual
* reading and writing of the data.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
* \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
*/
static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead)
{
uint32_t BlockAddress;
uint16_t TotalBlocks;
/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
{
/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
#if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
/* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
#endif
/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
else
DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
* devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
* which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
#include "SCSI.h"
/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
* features and capabilities.
*/
SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
{
.DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
.Removable = true,
.Version = 0,
.ResponseDataFormat = 2,
.NormACA = false,
.TrmTsk = false,
.AERC = false,
.AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
.SoftReset = false,
.CmdQue = false,
.Linked = false,
.Sync = false,
.WideBus16Bit = false,
.WideBus32Bit = false,
.RelAddr = false,
.VendorID = "LUFA",
.ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
.RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
};
/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
* command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
*/
SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
{
.ResponseCode = 0x70,
.AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
};
/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
* to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
* a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
/* Set initial sense data, before the requested command is processed */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
{
case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
break;
default:
/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
break;
}
return (SenseData.SenseKey == SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD);
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
* and capabilities to the host.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint16_t AllocationLength = (((uint16_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3] << 8) |
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]);
uint16_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(InquiryData))? AllocationLength :
sizeof(InquiryData);
/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
{
/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
* including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
uint8_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(SenseData))? AllocationLength : sizeof(SenseData);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
* on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
* board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
* supported.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
{
/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
{
/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
* and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level dataflash routine to handle the actual
* reading and writing of the data.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
* \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
*/
static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead)
{
uint32_t BlockAddress;
uint16_t TotalBlocks;
/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
BlockAddress = SwapEndian_32(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2]);
/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to reverse the byte order) */
TotalBlocks = SwapEndian_16(*(uint32_t*)&MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7]);
/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
{
/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
#if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
/* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
#endif
/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
else
DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
}

View File

@@ -1,86 +1,86 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for SCSI.c.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_H_
#define _SCSI_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include "MassStorage.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "DataflashManager.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
* is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
* the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
*
* \param[in] key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
* \param[in] acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
* \param[in] aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
*/
#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(key, acode, aqual) MACROS{ SenseData.SenseKey = (key); \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (acode); \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (aqual); }MACROE
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
#define DATA_READ true
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
#define DATA_WRITE false
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for SCSI.c.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_H_
#define _SCSI_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include "MassStorage.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "DataflashManager.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
* is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
* the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
*
* \param[in] key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
* \param[in] acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
* \param[in] aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
*/
#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(key, acode, aqual) MACROS{ SenseData.SenseKey = (key); \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (acode); \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (aqual); }MACROE
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
#define DATA_READ true
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
#define DATA_WRITE false
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead);
#endif
#endif

View File

@@ -1,138 +1,138 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MassStorage demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MassStorage.h"
/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.DataINEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.TotalLUNs = TOTAL_LUNS,
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
Dataflash_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
}
/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
*/
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
bool CommandSuccess;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
return CommandSuccess;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MassStorage demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MassStorage.h"
/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.DataINEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.TotalLUNs = TOTAL_LUNS,
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
Dataflash_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
}
/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
*/
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
bool CommandSuccess;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
return CommandSuccess;
}

View File

@@ -1,88 +1,88 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for MassStorage.c.
*/
#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_H_
#define _MASS_STORAGE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/** Total number of logical drives within the device - must be non-zero. */
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for MassStorage.c.
*/
#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_H_
#define _MASS_STORAGE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/** Total number of logical drives within the device - must be non-zero. */
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,92 +1,92 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Mass Storage Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
* USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
* SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
* SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Dual LUN Mass Storage demonstration application. This gives a simple
* reference application for implementing a multiple LUN USB Mass Storage
* device using the basic USB UFI drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no
* special drivers required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
* external mass storage device with two LUNs (separate disks) which may
* be formatted and used in the same manner as commercial USB Mass Storage
* devices.
*
* You will need to format the mass storage drives upon first run of this
* demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
* the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
* as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
*
* This demo is not restricted to only two LUNs; by changing the TOTAL_LUNS
* value in MassStorageDualLUN.h, any number of LUNs can be used (from 1 to
* 255), with each LUN being allocated an equal portion of the available
* Dataflash memory.
*
* The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
* interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
* the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
* the need for complicated polling logic.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
* <td>MassStorage.h</td>
* <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive
* - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Mass Storage Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
* USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
* SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
* SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Dual LUN Mass Storage demonstration application. This gives a simple
* reference application for implementing a multiple LUN USB Mass Storage
* device using the basic USB UFI drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no
* special drivers required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
* external mass storage device with two LUNs (separate disks) which may
* be formatted and used in the same manner as commercial USB Mass Storage
* devices.
*
* You will need to format the mass storage drives upon first run of this
* demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
* the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
* as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
*
* This demo is not restricted to only two LUNs; by changing the TOTAL_LUNS
* value in MassStorageDualLUN.h, any number of LUNs can be used (from 1 to
* 255), with each LUN being allocated an equal portion of the available
* Dataflash memory.
*
* The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
* interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
* the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
* the need for complicated polling logic.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
* <td>MassStorage.h</td>
* <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive
* - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,305 +1,305 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x06, /* Usage (Keyboard) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x08, /* Report Count (8) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Key Codes) */
0x19, 0xe0, /* Usage Minimum (Keyboard LeftControl) */
0x29, 0xe7, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Right GUI) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x81, 0x03, /* Input (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x05, /* Report Count (5) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x08, /* Usage Page (LEDs) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Num Lock) */
0x29, 0x05, /* Usage Maximum (Kana) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x03, /* Report Size (3) */
0x91, 0x03, /* Output (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x06, /* Report Count (6) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x65, /* Logical Maximum (101) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Keyboard) */
0x19, 0x00, /* Usage Minimum (Reserved (no event indicated)) */
0x29, 0x65, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Application) */
0x81, 0x00, /* Input (Data, Array, Absolute) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2061,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED,
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.MS_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x08,
.SubClass = 0x06,
.Protocol = 0x50,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MS_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = EP_TYPE_BULK,
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = EP_TYPE_BULK,
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.HID_KeyboardInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | KEYBOARD_EPNUM),
.Attributes = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
.EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x04
},
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(35), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mass Storage and Keyboard Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x06, /* Usage (Keyboard) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x08, /* Report Count (8) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Key Codes) */
0x19, 0xe0, /* Usage Minimum (Keyboard LeftControl) */
0x29, 0xe7, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Right GUI) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x81, 0x03, /* Input (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x05, /* Report Count (5) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x08, /* Usage Page (LEDs) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Num Lock) */
0x29, 0x05, /* Usage Maximum (Kana) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x03, /* Report Size (3) */
0x91, 0x03, /* Output (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x06, /* Report Count (6) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x65, /* Logical Maximum (101) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Keyboard) */
0x19, 0x00, /* Usage Minimum (Reserved (no event indicated)) */
0x29, 0x65, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Application) */
0x81, 0x00, /* Input (Data, Array, Absolute) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2061,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED,
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.MS_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x08,
.SubClass = 0x06,
.Protocol = 0x50,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MS_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = EP_TYPE_BULK,
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = EP_TYPE_BULK,
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.HID_KeyboardInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | KEYBOARD_EPNUM),
.Attributes = EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
.EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x04
},
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(35), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mass Storage and Keyboard Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View File

@@ -1,83 +1,83 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM 4
/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_KeyboardInterface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID_KeyboardHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM 4
/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_KeyboardInterface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID_KeyboardHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,492 +1,492 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Functions to manage the physical dataflash media, including reading and writing of
* blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
* or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
* as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
#include "DataflashManager.h"
/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), from
* the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
* them to the dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
* \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
* \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
*/
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks)
{
uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
#endif
/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
return;
while (TotalBlocks)
{
uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
/* Clear the current endpoint bank */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
/* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
return;
}
/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
CurrDFPage++;
/* Once all the dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* If less than one dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
}
#endif
/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
}
/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the dataflash */
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
BytesInBlockDiv16++;
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
return;
}
/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter and reset the sub block counter */
TotalBlocks--;
}
/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
/* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
/* Deselect all dataflash chips */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), into
* the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
* and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
* \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
* \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
*/
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks)
{
uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
return;
while (TotalBlocks)
{
uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
/* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
return;
}
/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
CurrDFPage++;
/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
}
/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the dataflash */
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
BytesInBlockDiv16++;
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
return;
}
/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
TotalBlocks--;
}
/* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Deselect all dataflash chips */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), from
* the a given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
* dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
* dataflash.
*
* \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
* \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
* \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
*/
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, uint8_t* BufferPtr)
{
uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
#endif
/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
while (TotalBlocks)
{
uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
CurrDFPage++;
/* Once all the dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* If less than one dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
}
#endif
/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
}
/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the dataflash */
for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
BytesInBlockDiv16++;
}
/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter and reset the sub block counter */
TotalBlocks--;
}
/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
/* Deselect all dataflash chips */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), into
* the a preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
* and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
* the files stored on the dataflash.
*
* \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
* \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
* \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
*/
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, uint8_t* BufferPtr)
{
uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
while (TotalBlocks)
{
uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
CurrDFPage++;
/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
}
/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the dataflash */
for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
*(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
BytesInBlockDiv16++;
}
/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
TotalBlocks--;
}
/* Deselect all dataflash chips */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/** Disables the dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
{
/* Select first dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
{
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
}
/* Select second dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
{
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
}
#endif
/* Deselect current dataflash chip */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Functions to manage the physical dataflash media, including reading and writing of
* blocks of data. These functions are called by the SCSI layer when data must be stored
* or retrieved to/from the physical storage media. If a different media is used (such
* as a SD card or EEPROM), functions similar to these will need to be generated.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASHMANAGER_C
#include "DataflashManager.h"
/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), from
* the pre-selected data OUT endpoint. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the endpoint and writes
* them to the dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
* \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
* \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
*/
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks)
{
uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
#endif
/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
return;
while (TotalBlocks)
{
uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Check if the endpoint is currently empty */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
/* Clear the current endpoint bank */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
/* Wait until the host has sent another packet */
if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
return;
}
/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
CurrDFPage++;
/* Once all the dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* If less than one dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
}
#endif
/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2WRITE : DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
}
/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the dataflash */
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
Dataflash_SendByte(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
BytesInBlockDiv16++;
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
return;
}
/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter and reset the sub block counter */
TotalBlocks--;
}
/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
/* If the endpoint is empty, clear it ready for the next packet from the host */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
/* Deselect all dataflash chips */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), into
* the pre-selected data IN endpoint. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
* and writes them in OS sized blocks to the endpoint.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to a structure containing a Mass Storage Class configuration and state
* \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
* \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
*/
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks)
{
uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
/* Wait until endpoint is ready before continuing */
if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
return;
while (TotalBlocks)
{
uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Check if the endpoint is currently full */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
/* Clear the endpoint bank to send its contents to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for more data */
if (Endpoint_WaitUntilReady())
return;
}
/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
CurrDFPage++;
/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
}
/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the dataflash */
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
Endpoint_Write_Byte(Dataflash_ReceiveByte());
/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
BytesInBlockDiv16++;
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (MSInterfaceInfo->State.IsMassStoreReset)
return;
}
/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
TotalBlocks--;
}
/* If the endpoint is full, send its contents to the host */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Deselect all dataflash chips */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/** Writes blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) to the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), from
* the a given RAM buffer. This routine reads in OS sized blocks from the buffer and writes them to the
* dataflash in Dataflash page sized blocks. This can be linked to FAT libraries to write files to the
* dataflash.
*
* \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the write sequence
* \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to write
* \param[in] BufferPtr Pointer to the data source RAM buffer
*/
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, uint8_t* BufferPtr)
{
uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
bool UsingSecondBuffer = false;
/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
#endif
/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, CurrDFPageByte);
while (TotalBlocks)
{
uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
CurrDFPage++;
/* Once all the dataflash ICs have had their first buffers filled, switch buffers to maintain throughput */
if (Dataflash_GetSelectedChip() == DATAFLASH_CHIP_MASK(DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS))
UsingSecondBuffer = !(UsingSecondBuffer);
/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE > VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* If less than one dataflash page remaining, copy over the existing page to preserve trailing data */
if ((TotalBlocks * (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4)) < (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Copy selected dataflash's current page contents to the dataflash buffer */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF2 : DF_CMD_MAINMEMTOBUFF1);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
}
#endif
/* Send the dataflash buffer write command */
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_BUFF1WRITE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
}
/* Write one 16-byte chunk of data to the dataflash */
for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
Dataflash_SendByte(*(BufferPtr++));
/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
BytesInBlockDiv16++;
}
/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter and reset the sub block counter */
TotalBlocks--;
}
/* Write the dataflash buffer contents back to the dataflash page */
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
Dataflash_SendByte(UsingSecondBuffer ? DF_CMD_BUFF2TOMAINMEMWITHERASE : DF_CMD_BUFF1TOMAINMEMWITHERASE);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0x00);
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
/* Deselect all dataflash chips */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/** Reads blocks (OS blocks, not Dataflash pages) from the storage medium, the board dataflash IC(s), into
* the a preallocated RAM buffer. This routine reads in Dataflash page sized blocks from the Dataflash
* and writes them in OS sized blocks to the given buffer. This can be linked to FAT libraries to read
* the files stored on the dataflash.
*
* \param[in] BlockAddress Data block starting address for the read sequence
* \param[in] TotalBlocks Number of blocks of data to read
* \param[out] BufferPtr Pointer to the data destination RAM buffer
*/
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks, uint8_t* BufferPtr)
{
uint16_t CurrDFPage = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) / DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint16_t CurrDFPageByte = ((BlockAddress * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE) % DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE);
uint8_t CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = (CurrDFPageByte >> 4);
/* Select the correct starting Dataflash IC for the block requested */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, CurrDFPageByte);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
while (TotalBlocks)
{
uint8_t BytesInBlockDiv16 = 0;
/* Write an endpoint packet sized data block to the dataflash */
while (BytesInBlockDiv16 < (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Check if end of dataflash page reached */
if (CurrDFPageByteDiv16 == (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE >> 4))
{
/* Reset the dataflash buffer counter, increment the page counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16 = 0;
CurrDFPage++;
/* Select the next dataflash chip based on the new dataflash page index */
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(CurrDFPage);
/* Send the dataflash main memory page read command */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_MAINMEMPAGEREAD);
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(CurrDFPage, 0);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
Dataflash_SendByte(0x00);
}
/* Read one 16-byte chunk of data from the dataflash */
for (uint8_t ByteNum = 0; ByteNum < 16; ByteNum++)
*(BufferPtr++) = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
/* Increment the dataflash page 16 byte block counter */
CurrDFPageByteDiv16++;
/* Increment the block 16 byte block counter */
BytesInBlockDiv16++;
}
/* Decrement the blocks remaining counter */
TotalBlocks--;
}
/* Deselect all dataflash chips */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}
/** Disables the dataflash memory write protection bits on the board Dataflash ICs, if enabled. */
void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void)
{
/* Select first dataflash chip, send the read status register command */
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
{
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
}
/* Select second dataflash chip (if present on selected board), send read status register command */
#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_GETSTATUS);
/* Check if sector protection is enabled */
if (Dataflash_ReceiveByte() & DF_STATUS_SECTORPROTECTION_ON)
{
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
/* Send the commands to disable sector protection */
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[0]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[1]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[2]);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_SECTORPROTECTIONOFF[3]);
}
#endif
/* Deselect current dataflash chip */
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
}

View File

@@ -1,77 +1,77 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DataflashManager.c.
*/
#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "MassStorageKeyboard.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
#endif
/* Defines: */
/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more dataflash ICs. */
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
* storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. */
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DataflashManager.c.
*/
#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "MassStorageKeyboard.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
#endif
/* Defines: */
/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more dataflash ICs. */
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
* storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. */
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const uint32_t BlockAddress,
uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,345 +1,345 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
* devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
* which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
#include "SCSI.h"
/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
* features and capabilities.
*/
SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
{
.DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
.Removable = true,
.Version = 0,
.ResponseDataFormat = 2,
.NormACA = false,
.TrmTsk = false,
.AERC = false,
.AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
.SoftReset = false,
.CmdQue = false,
.Linked = false,
.Sync = false,
.WideBus16Bit = false,
.WideBus32Bit = false,
.RelAddr = false,
.VendorID = "LUFA",
.ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
.RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
};
/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
* command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
*/
SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
{
.ResponseCode = 0x70,
.AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
};
/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
* to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
* a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
bool CommandSuccess = false;
/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
{
case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
CommandSuccess = true;
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
break;
default:
/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
break;
}
/* Check if command was successfully processed */
if (CommandSuccess)
{
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return true;
}
return false;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
* and capabilities to the host.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint16_t AllocationLength = (((uint16_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3] << 8) |
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]);
uint16_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(InquiryData))? AllocationLength :
sizeof(InquiryData);
/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
{
/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
return true;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
* including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
uint8_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(SenseData))? AllocationLength : sizeof(SenseData);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
return true;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
* on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
return true;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
* board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
* supported.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint8_t ReturnByte;
/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
{
/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
/* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
{
/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
/* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
{
/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
#endif
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
return true;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
* and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level dataflash routine to handle the actual
* reading and writing of the data.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
* \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead)
{
uint32_t BlockAddress;
uint16_t TotalBlocks;
/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to do it byte-by-byte) */
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[3] = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2];
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[2] = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3];
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[1] = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[0] = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[5];
/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to do it byte-by-byte) */
((uint8_t*)&TotalBlocks)[1] = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7];
((uint8_t*)&TotalBlocks)[0] = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[8];
/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
{
/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
#if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
/* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
#endif
/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
else
DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
return true;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
* devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
* which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
#include "SCSI.h"
/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
* features and capabilities.
*/
SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
{
.DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
.Removable = true,
.Version = 0,
.ResponseDataFormat = 2,
.NormACA = false,
.TrmTsk = false,
.AERC = false,
.AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
.SoftReset = false,
.CmdQue = false,
.Linked = false,
.Sync = false,
.WideBus16Bit = false,
.WideBus32Bit = false,
.RelAddr = false,
.VendorID = "LUFA",
.ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
.RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
};
/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
* command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
*/
SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
{
.ResponseCode = 0x70,
.AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
};
/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
* to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
* a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*/
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
bool CommandSuccess = false;
/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
switch (MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
{
case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Inquiry(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(MSInterfaceInfo);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_WRITE);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
CommandSuccess = SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(MSInterfaceInfo, DATA_READ);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
CommandSuccess = true;
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
break;
default:
/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
break;
}
/* Check if command was successfully processed */
if (CommandSuccess)
{
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return true;
}
return false;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
* and capabilities to the host.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint16_t AllocationLength = (((uint16_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3] << 8) |
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]);
uint16_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(InquiryData))? AllocationLength :
sizeof(InquiryData);
/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
if ((MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
{
/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
return true;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
* including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint8_t AllocationLength = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
uint8_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(SenseData))? AllocationLength : sizeof(SenseData);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
return true;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
* on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint32_t LastBlockAddressInLUN = (LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
uint32_t MediaBlockSize = VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE;
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&LastBlockAddressInLUN, sizeof(LastBlockAddressInLUN), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_Write_Stream_BE(&MediaBlockSize, sizeof(MediaBlockSize), NO_STREAM_CALLBACK);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
return true;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
* board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
* supported.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo)
{
uint8_t ReturnByte;
/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
if (!(MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
{
/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
/* Test first Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP1);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
{
/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
#if (DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS == 2)
/* Test second Dataflash IC is present and responding to commands */
Dataflash_SelectChip(DATAFLASH_CHIP2);
Dataflash_SendByte(DF_CMD_READMANUFACTURERDEVICEINFO);
ReturnByte = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
/* If returned data is invalid, fail the command */
if (ReturnByte != DF_MANUFACTURER_ATMEL)
{
/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
#endif
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
return true;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
* and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level dataflash routine to handle the actual
* reading and writing of the data.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface structure that the command is associated with
* \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise.
*/
static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead)
{
uint32_t BlockAddress;
uint16_t TotalBlocks;
/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to do it byte-by-byte) */
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[3] = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2];
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[2] = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3];
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[1] = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[0] = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[5];
/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to do it byte-by-byte) */
((uint8_t*)&TotalBlocks)[1] = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7];
((uint8_t*)&TotalBlocks)[0] = MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[8];
/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
{
/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return false;
}
#if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
/* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
#endif
/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
else
DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(MSInterfaceInfo, BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
MSInterfaceInfo->State.CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
return true;
}

View File

@@ -1,87 +1,87 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for SCSI.c.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_H_
#define _SCSI_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include "MassStorageKeyboard.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "DataflashManager.h"
#include "SCSI_Codes.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
* is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
* the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
*
* \param[in] key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
* \param[in] acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
* \param[in] aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
*/
#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(key, acode, aqual) MACROS{ SenseData.SenseKey = key; \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = acode; \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = aqual; }MACROE
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
#define DATA_READ true
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
#define DATA_WRITE false
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for SCSI.c.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_H_
#define _SCSI_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include "MassStorageKeyboard.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "DataflashManager.h"
#include "SCSI_Codes.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
* is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
* the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
*
* \param[in] key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
* \param[in] acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
* \param[in] aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
*/
#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(key, acode, aqual) MACROS{ SenseData.SenseKey = key; \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = acode; \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = aqual; }MACROE
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
#define DATA_READ true
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
#define DATA_WRITE false
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
static bool SCSI_Command_Inquiry(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static bool SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static bool SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static bool SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo);
static bool SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* MSInterfaceInfo, const bool IsDataRead);
#endif
#endif

View File

@@ -1,85 +1,85 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header containing macros for possible SCSI commands and SENSE data. Refer to
* the SCSI standard documentation for more information on each SCSI command and
* the SENSE data.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_CODES_H_
#define _SCSI_CODES_H_
/* Macros: */
#define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12
#define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03
#define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25
#define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC 0x1D
#define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL 0x1E
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2A
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0A
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08
#define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10 0x2F
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1A
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10 0x5A
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD 0x00
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR 0x01
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY 0x02
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR 0x04
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT 0x07
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK 0x08
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x09
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED 0x0A
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND 0x0B
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW 0x0D
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE 0x0E
#define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION 0x00
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY 0x04
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB 0x24
#define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED 0x27
#define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR 0x31
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND 0x20
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21
#define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT 0x3A
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER 0x00
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED 0x01
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED 0x02
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS 0x07
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header containing macros for possible SCSI commands and SENSE data. Refer to
* the SCSI standard documentation for more information on each SCSI command and
* the SENSE data.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_CODES_H_
#define _SCSI_CODES_H_
/* Macros: */
#define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12
#define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03
#define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25
#define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC 0x1D
#define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL 0x1E
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2A
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0A
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08
#define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10 0x2F
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1A
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10 0x5A
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD 0x00
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR 0x01
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY 0x02
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR 0x04
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT 0x07
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK 0x08
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x09
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED 0x0A
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND 0x0B
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW 0x0D
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE 0x0E
#define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION 0x00
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY 0x04
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB 0x24
#define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED 0x27
#define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR 0x31
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND 0x20
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21
#define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT 0x3A
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER 0x00
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED 0x01
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED 0x02
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS 0x07
#endif

View File

@@ -1,242 +1,242 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MassStorageKeyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MassStorageKeyboard.h"
/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.DataINEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.TotalLUNs = TOTAL_LUNS,
},
};
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = KEYBOARD_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
Joystick_Init();
Buttons_Init();
SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
Dataflash_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
}
/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
*/
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
bool CommandSuccess;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
return CommandSuccess;
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x04; // A
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x05; // B
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x06; // C
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x07; // D
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x08; // E
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x09; // F
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
return false;
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MassStorageKeyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MassStorageKeyboard.h"
/** LUFA Mass Storage Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all Mass Storage Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t Disk_MS_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.DataINEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM,
.DataINEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.DataINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.DataOUTEndpointNumber = MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM,
.DataOUTEndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.DataOUTEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.TotalLUNs = TOTAL_LUNS,
},
};
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Keyboard HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)];
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Keyboard_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = KEYBOARD_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevKeyboardHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
MS_Device_USBTask(&Disk_MS_Interface);
HID_Device_USBTask(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
Joystick_Init();
Buttons_Init();
SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
Dataflash_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Connection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Disconnection event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(MS_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Disk_MS_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Keyboard_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
MS_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Disk_MS_Interface);
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
}
/** Mass Storage class driver callback function the reception of SCSI commands from the host, which must be processed.
*
* \param[in] MSInterfaceInfo Pointer to the Mass Storage class interface configuration structure being referenced
*/
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo)
{
bool CommandSuccess;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
CommandSuccess = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(MSInterfaceInfo);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
return CommandSuccess;
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Keyboard_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* KeyboardReport = (USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
KeyboardReport->Modifier = HID_KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x04; // A
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x05; // B
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x06; // C
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x07; // D
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x08; // E
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
KeyboardReport->KeyCode[0] = 0x09; // F
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t);
return false;
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
uint8_t* LEDReport = (uint8_t*)ReportData;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
if (*LEDReport & HID_KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}

View File

@@ -1,101 +1,101 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for MassStorageKeyboard.c.
*/
#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_KEYBOARD_H_
#define _MASS_STORAGE_KEYBOARD_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/** Total number of logical drives within the device - must be non-zero. */
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Matthias Hullin (lufa [at] matthias [dot] hullin [dot] net)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for MassStorageKeyboard.c.
*/
#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_KEYBOARD_H_
#define _MASS_STORAGE_KEYBOARD_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/MassStorage.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Device/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/** Total number of logical drives within the device - must be non-zero. */
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_MS_Device_SCSICommandReceived(USB_ClassInfo_MS_Device_t* const MSInterfaceInfo);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,92 +1,92 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td>
* <td>Mass Storage Device \n
* Human Interface Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td>
* <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n
* Keyboard Subclass</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
* USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
* SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
* SCSI Block Commands Specification \n
* USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a
* simple reference application for implementing a dual class USB Mass Storage
* and USB HID Keyboard device using the basic USB UFI and HID drivers in all
* modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
* external mass storage device (which may be formatted and used in the same
* manner as commercial USB Mass Storage devices) and a USB keyboard.
*
* You will need to format the mass storage drive upon first run of this
* demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
* the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
* as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
*
* Keys on the USB keyboard can be pressed by moving the board's Joystick.
*
* The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
* interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
* the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
* the need for complicated polling logic.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
* <td>MassStorage.h</td>
* <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive
* - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Classes:</b></td>
* <td>Mass Storage Device \n
* Human Interface Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclasses:</b></td>
* <td>Bulk-Only Transport \n
* Keyboard Subclass</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
* USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
* SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
* SCSI Block Commands Specification \n
* USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Combined Mass Storage and Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a
* simple reference application for implementing a dual class USB Mass Storage
* and USB HID Keyboard device using the basic USB UFI and HID drivers in all
* modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
* external mass storage device (which may be formatted and used in the same
* manner as commercial USB Mass Storage devices) and a USB keyboard.
*
* You will need to format the mass storage drive upon first run of this
* demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
* the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
* as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
*
* Keys on the USB keyboard can be pressed by moving the board's Joystick.
*
* The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
* interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
* the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
* the need for complicated polling logic.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
* <td>MassStorage.h</td>
* <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive
* - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,251 +1,251 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Mouse) */
0xA1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
0xA1, 0x00, /* Collection (Application) */
0x95, 0x03, /* Report Count (3) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Button 1) */
0x29, 0x03, /* Usage Maximum (Button 3) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x05, /* Report Size (5) */
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop Control) */
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage X */
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage Y */
0x15, 0x81, /* Logical Minimum (-127) */
0x25, 0x7F, /* Logical Maximum (127) */
0x81, 0x06, /* Input (Data, Variable, Relative) */
0xC0, /* End Collection */
0xC0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2041,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = HID_BOOT_MOUSE_PROTOCOL,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_MouseHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MOUSE_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(15), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mouse Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&MouseReport;
Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Mouse) */
0xA1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
0xA1, 0x00, /* Collection (Application) */
0x95, 0x03, /* Report Count (3) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Button 1) */
0x29, 0x03, /* Usage Maximum (Button 3) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x05, /* Report Size (5) */
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop Control) */
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage X */
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage Y */
0x15, 0x81, /* Logical Minimum (-127) */
0x25, 0x7F, /* Logical Maximum (127) */
0x81, 0x06, /* Input (Data, Variable, Relative) */
0xC0, /* End Collection */
0xC0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2041,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = HID_BOOT_MOUSE_PROTOCOL,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_MouseHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MOUSE_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(15), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mouse Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_HID_Descriptor_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&MouseReport;
Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View File

@@ -1,69 +1,69 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID_MouseHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define MOUSE_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_HID_Descriptor_t HID_MouseHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define MOUSE_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,179 +1,179 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Mouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Mouse.h"
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = MOUSE_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB WakeUp event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Suspend event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
MouseReport->Y = -1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
MouseReport->Y = 1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
MouseReport->X = -1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
MouseReport->X = 1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
return true;
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
// Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Mouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of
* the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Mouse.h"
/** Buffer to hold the previously generated Mouse HID report, for comparison purposes inside the HID class driver. */
uint8_t PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer[sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)];
/** LUFA HID Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
* passed to all HID Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
*/
USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t Mouse_HID_Interface =
{
.Config =
{
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.ReportINEndpointNumber = MOUSE_EPNUM,
.ReportINEndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
.ReportINEndpointDoubleBank = false,
.PrevReportINBuffer = PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer,
.PrevReportINBufferSize = sizeof(PrevMouseHIDReportBuffer),
},
};
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Device_USBTask(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB WakeUp event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Suspend event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
if (!(HID_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&Mouse_HID_Interface)))
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the library USB Unhandled Control Request event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
HID_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
HID_Device_MillisecondElapsed(&Mouse_HID_Interface);
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the creation of HID reports to the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in,out] ReportID Report ID requested by the host if non-zero, otherwise callback should set to the generated report ID
* \param[in] ReportType Type of the report to create, either REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In or REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_Feature
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report should be stored
* \param[out] ReportSize Number of bytes written in the report (or zero if no report is to be sent
*
* \return Boolean true to force the sending of the report, false to let the library determine if it needs to be sent
*/
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize)
{
USB_MouseReport_Data_t* MouseReport = (USB_MouseReport_Data_t*)ReportData;
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
MouseReport->Y = -1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
MouseReport->Y = 1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
MouseReport->X = -1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
MouseReport->X = 1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 0);
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
MouseReport->Button |= (1 << 1);
*ReportSize = sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t);
return true;
}
/** HID class driver callback function for the processing of HID reports from the host.
*
* \param[in] HIDInterfaceInfo Pointer to the HID class interface configuration structure being referenced
* \param[in] ReportID Report ID of the received report from the host
* \param[in] ReportData Pointer to a buffer where the created report has been stored
* \param[in] ReportSize Size in bytes of the received HID report
*/
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize)
{
// Unused (but mandatory for the HID class driver) in this demo, since there are no Host->Device reports
}

View File

@@ -1,84 +1,84 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Mouse.c.
*/
#ifndef _MOUSE_H_
#define _MOUSE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Mouse.c.
*/
#ifndef _MOUSE_H_
#define _MOUSE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HID.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
bool CALLBACK_HID_Device_CreateHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, uint8_t* const ReportID,
const uint8_t ReportType, void* ReportData, uint16_t* ReportSize);
void CALLBACK_HID_Device_ProcessHIDReport(USB_ClassInfo_HID_Device_t* const HIDInterfaceInfo, const uint8_t ReportID,
const void* ReportData, const uint16_t ReportSize);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,72 +1,72 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Mouse Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Mouse Subclass</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Mouse using the basic USB HID
* drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is
* boot protocol compatible, and thus works under compatible BIOS as if
* it was a native mouse (e.g. PS/2).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
* the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
* joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
* the right mouse button.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Mouse Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Mouse Subclass</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Mouse using the basic USB HID
* drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is
* boot protocol compatible, and thus works under compatible BIOS as if
* it was a native mouse (e.g. PS/2).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
* the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
* joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
* the right mouse button.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,255 +1,255 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204C,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0xFF,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_Functional_Header =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x00}
},
.CDC_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x00, 0x01}
},
.CDC_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x02
},
.CDC_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.RNDIS_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(19), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA RNDIS CDC Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204C,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0xFF,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_Functional_Header =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x00}
},
.CDC_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x00, 0x01}
},
.CDC_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x02
},
.CDC_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.RNDIS_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(19), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA RNDIS CDC Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}

View File

@@ -1,83 +1,83 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDIS.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC_RX_EPNUM 2
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Header;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDIS.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC_RX_EPNUM 2
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Header;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@@ -1,52 +1,52 @@
; Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature = "$Windows NT$"
Class = Net
ClassGUID = {4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
Provider = %COMPANY%
DriverVer = 06/21/2006,6.0.6000.16384
;CatalogFile = device.cat
[Manufacturer]
%COMPANY% = RndisDevices,NTx86,NTamd64,NTia64
; Decoration for x86 architecture
[RndisDevices.NTx86]
%RNDISDEV% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
; Decoration for x64 architecture
[RndisDevices.NTamd64]
%RNDISDEV% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
; Decoration for ia64 architecture
[RndisDevices.NTia64]
%RNDISDEV% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
;@@@ This is the common setting for setup
[ControlFlags]
ExcludeFromSelect=*
; DDInstall section
; References the in-build Netrndis.inf
[RNDIS.NT.5.1]
Characteristics = 0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
BusType = 15
; NEVER REMOVE THE FOLLOWING REFERENCE FOR NETRNDIS.INF
include = netrndis.inf
needs = Usb_Rndis.ndi
AddReg = Rndis_AddReg_Vista
; DDInstal.Services section
[RNDIS.NT.5.1.Services]
include = netrndis.inf
needs = Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
; No sys copyfiles - the sys files are already in-build
; (part of the operating system).
; Modify these strings for your device as needed.
[Strings]
COMPANY="LUFA Library"
; Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature = "$Windows NT$"
Class = Net
ClassGUID = {4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
Provider = %COMPANY%
DriverVer = 06/21/2006,6.0.6000.16384
;CatalogFile = device.cat
[Manufacturer]
%COMPANY% = RndisDevices,NTx86,NTamd64,NTia64
; Decoration for x86 architecture
[RndisDevices.NTx86]
%RNDISDEV% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
; Decoration for x64 architecture
[RndisDevices.NTamd64]
%RNDISDEV% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
; Decoration for ia64 architecture
[RndisDevices.NTia64]
%RNDISDEV% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
;@@@ This is the common setting for setup
[ControlFlags]
ExcludeFromSelect=*
; DDInstall section
; References the in-build Netrndis.inf
[RNDIS.NT.5.1]
Characteristics = 0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
BusType = 15
; NEVER REMOVE THE FOLLOWING REFERENCE FOR NETRNDIS.INF
include = netrndis.inf
needs = Usb_Rndis.ndi
AddReg = Rndis_AddReg_Vista
; DDInstal.Services section
[RNDIS.NT.5.1.Services]
include = netrndis.inf
needs = Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
; No sys copyfiles - the sys files are already in-build
; (part of the operating system).
; Modify these strings for your device as needed.
[Strings]
COMPANY="LUFA Library"
RNDISDEV="LUFA USB RNDIS Demo"

View File

@@ -1,85 +1,85 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the
* conversion of physical MAC addresses to protocol IP addresses between the host and the
* device.
*/
#include "ARP.h"
/** Processes an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting the IP or MAC address of the
* virtual server device on the network.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ARP header
* \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ARP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart)
{
DecodeARPHeader(InDataStart);
ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderIN = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderOUT = (ARP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
/* Ensure that the ARP request is a IPv4 request packet */
if ((SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4) &&
(SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->Operation) == ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST))
{
/* If the ARP packet is requesting the MAC or IP of the virtual webserver, return the response */
if (IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->TPA, &ServerIPAddress) ||
MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->THA, &ServerMACAddress))
{
/* Fill out the ARP response header */
ARPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = ARPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
ARPHeaderOUT->ProtocolType = ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType;
ARPHeaderOUT->HLEN = ARPHeaderIN->HLEN;
ARPHeaderOUT->PLEN = ARPHeaderIN->PLEN;
ARPHeaderOUT->Operation = SwapEndian_16(ARP_OPERATION_REPLY);
/* Copy over the sender MAC/IP to the target fields for the response */
ARPHeaderOUT->THA = ARPHeaderIN->SHA;
ARPHeaderOUT->TPA = ARPHeaderIN->SPA;
/* Copy over the new sender MAC/IP - MAC and IP addresses of the virtual webserver */
ARPHeaderOUT->SHA = ServerMACAddress;
ARPHeaderOUT->SPA = ServerIPAddress;
/* Return the size of the response so far */
return sizeof(ARP_Header_t);
}
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the
* conversion of physical MAC addresses to protocol IP addresses between the host and the
* device.
*/
#include "ARP.h"
/** Processes an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting the IP or MAC address of the
* virtual server device on the network.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ARP header
* \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ARP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart)
{
DecodeARPHeader(InDataStart);
ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderIN = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderOUT = (ARP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
/* Ensure that the ARP request is a IPv4 request packet */
if ((SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4) &&
(SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->Operation) == ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST))
{
/* If the ARP packet is requesting the MAC or IP of the virtual webserver, return the response */
if (IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->TPA, &ServerIPAddress) ||
MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->THA, &ServerMACAddress))
{
/* Fill out the ARP response header */
ARPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = ARPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
ARPHeaderOUT->ProtocolType = ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType;
ARPHeaderOUT->HLEN = ARPHeaderIN->HLEN;
ARPHeaderOUT->PLEN = ARPHeaderIN->PLEN;
ARPHeaderOUT->Operation = SwapEndian_16(ARP_OPERATION_REPLY);
/* Copy over the sender MAC/IP to the target fields for the response */
ARPHeaderOUT->THA = ARPHeaderIN->SHA;
ARPHeaderOUT->TPA = ARPHeaderIN->SPA;
/* Copy over the new sender MAC/IP - MAC and IP addresses of the virtual webserver */
ARPHeaderOUT->SHA = ServerMACAddress;
ARPHeaderOUT->SPA = ServerIPAddress;
/* Return the size of the response so far */
return sizeof(ARP_Header_t);
}
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}

View File

@@ -1,74 +1,74 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ARP.c.
*/
#ifndef _ARP_H_
#define _ARP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** ARP header operation constant, indicating a request from a host for an address translation */
#define ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST 1
/** ARP header operation constant, indicating a reply from a host giving an address translation */
#define ARP_OPERATION_REPLY 2
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware type constant, indicating the hardware used */
uint16_t ProtocolType; /**< Protocol being resolved, usually ETHERTYPE_IPV4 */
uint8_t HLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination hardware addresses */
uint8_t PLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination protocol addresses */
uint16_t Operation; /**< Type of operation, either ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST or ARP_OPERATION_REPLY */
MAC_Address_t SHA; /**< Sender's hardware address */
IP_Address_t SPA; /**< Sender's protocol address */
MAC_Address_t THA; /**< Target's hardware address */
IP_Address_t TPA; /**< Target's protocol address */
} ARP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ARP.c.
*/
#ifndef _ARP_H_
#define _ARP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** ARP header operation constant, indicating a request from a host for an address translation */
#define ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST 1
/** ARP header operation constant, indicating a reply from a host giving an address translation */
#define ARP_OPERATION_REPLY 2
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware type constant, indicating the hardware used */
uint16_t ProtocolType; /**< Protocol being resolved, usually ETHERTYPE_IPV4 */
uint8_t HLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination hardware addresses */
uint8_t PLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination protocol addresses */
uint16_t Operation; /**< Type of operation, either ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST or ARP_OPERATION_REPLY */
MAC_Address_t SHA; /**< Sender's hardware address */
IP_Address_t SPA; /**< Sender's protocol address */
MAC_Address_t THA; /**< Target's hardware address */
IP_Address_t TPA; /**< Target's protocol address */
} ARP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,118 +1,118 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packet handling routines. This protocol
* handles the automatic IP negotiation to the host, so that the host will use the provided
* IP address given to it by the device.
*/
#include "DHCP.h"
/** Processes a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting or accepting an IP address.
*
* \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
* \param[in] DHCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's DHCP header
* \param[out] DHCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's DHCP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderOutStart)
{
IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderIN = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart;
DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderOUT = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart;
uint8_t* DHCPOptionsINStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderInStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
uint8_t* DHCPOptionsOUTStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderOutStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
DecodeDHCPHeader(DHCPHeaderInStart);
/* Zero out the response DHCP packet, as much of it legacy and left at 0 */
memset(DHCPHeaderOUT, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
/* Fill out the response DHCP packet */
DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
DHCPHeaderOUT->Operation = DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY;
DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareAddressLength = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareAddressLength;
DHCPHeaderOUT->Hops = 0;
DHCPHeaderOUT->TransactionID = DHCPHeaderIN->TransactionID;
DHCPHeaderOUT->ElapsedSeconds = 0;
DHCPHeaderOUT->Flags = DHCPHeaderIN->Flags;
DHCPHeaderOUT->YourIP = ClientIPAddress;
memcpy(&DHCPHeaderOUT->ClientHardwareAddress, &DHCPHeaderIN->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
DHCPHeaderOUT->Cookie = SwapEndian_32(DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE);
/* Alter the incoming IP packet header so that the corrected IP source and destinations are used - this means that
when the response IP header is generated, it will use the corrected addresses and not the null/broatcast addresses */
IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress = ClientIPAddress;
IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress = ServerIPAddress;
/* Process the incoming DHCP packet options */
while (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
{
/* Find the Message Type DHCP option, to determine the type of DHCP packet */
if (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
{
if ((DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) || (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST))
{
/* Fill out the response DHCP packet options for a DHCP OFFER or ACK response */
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 1;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) ? DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER
: DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 4;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
memcpy(DHCPOptionsOUTStart, &ServerIPAddress, sizeof(IP_Address_t));
DHCPOptionsOUTStart += sizeof(IP_Address_t);
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_END;
return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 12 + sizeof(IP_Address_t));
}
}
/* Go to the next DHCP option - skip one byte if option is a padding byte, else skip the complete option's size */
DHCPOptionsINStart += ((DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptionsINStart[1] + 2));
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packet handling routines. This protocol
* handles the automatic IP negotiation to the host, so that the host will use the provided
* IP address given to it by the device.
*/
#include "DHCP.h"
/** Processes a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting or accepting an IP address.
*
* \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
* \param[in] DHCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's DHCP header
* \param[out] DHCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's DHCP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderOutStart)
{
IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderIN = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart;
DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderOUT = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart;
uint8_t* DHCPOptionsINStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderInStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
uint8_t* DHCPOptionsOUTStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderOutStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
DecodeDHCPHeader(DHCPHeaderInStart);
/* Zero out the response DHCP packet, as much of it legacy and left at 0 */
memset(DHCPHeaderOUT, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
/* Fill out the response DHCP packet */
DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
DHCPHeaderOUT->Operation = DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY;
DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareAddressLength = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareAddressLength;
DHCPHeaderOUT->Hops = 0;
DHCPHeaderOUT->TransactionID = DHCPHeaderIN->TransactionID;
DHCPHeaderOUT->ElapsedSeconds = 0;
DHCPHeaderOUT->Flags = DHCPHeaderIN->Flags;
DHCPHeaderOUT->YourIP = ClientIPAddress;
memcpy(&DHCPHeaderOUT->ClientHardwareAddress, &DHCPHeaderIN->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
DHCPHeaderOUT->Cookie = SwapEndian_32(DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE);
/* Alter the incoming IP packet header so that the corrected IP source and destinations are used - this means that
when the response IP header is generated, it will use the corrected addresses and not the null/broatcast addresses */
IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress = ClientIPAddress;
IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress = ServerIPAddress;
/* Process the incoming DHCP packet options */
while (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
{
/* Find the Message Type DHCP option, to determine the type of DHCP packet */
if (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
{
if ((DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) || (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST))
{
/* Fill out the response DHCP packet options for a DHCP OFFER or ACK response */
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 1;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) ? DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER
: DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 4;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
memcpy(DHCPOptionsOUTStart, &ServerIPAddress, sizeof(IP_Address_t));
DHCPOptionsOUTStart += sizeof(IP_Address_t);
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_END;
return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 12 + sizeof(IP_Address_t));
}
}
/* Go to the next DHCP option - skip one byte if option is a padding byte, else skip the complete option's size */
DHCPOptionsINStart += ((DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptionsINStart[1] + 2));
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}

View File

@@ -1,125 +1,125 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DHCP.c.
*/
#ifndef _DHCP_H_
#define _DHCP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** DHCP operation constant, indicating a request from a host to a DHCP server */
#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST 0x01
/** DHCP operation constant, indicating a reply from a DHCP server to a host */
#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY 0x02
/** Hardware type constant, indicating Ethernet as a carrier */
#define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET 0x01
/** Magic boot protocol "cookie", inserted into all BOOTP packets (BOOTP is the carrier of DHCP) */
#define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63825363
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that a subnet mask will follow */
#define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK 1
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the DHCP message type constant will follow */
#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE 53
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the IP address of the DHCP server will follow */
#define DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER 54
/** DHCP option list entry header, used to pad out option data */
#define DHCP_OPTION_PAD 0
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating the end of option data */
#define DHCP_OPTION_END 255
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server offer an IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER 1
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a DHCP server is offering an IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER 2
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server lease a given IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST 3
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, declining an offered DHCP server IP address lease */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE 4
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, ACKing a host IP lease request */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK 5
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, NACKing a host IP lease request */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_NACK 6
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a host is releasing a leased IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE 7
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */
uint8_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */
uint8_t HardwareAddressLength; /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */
uint8_t Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */
uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */
uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */
uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */
IP_Address_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */
IP_Address_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */
IP_Address_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
IP_Address_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */
uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */
} DHCP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderOutStart);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DHCP.c.
*/
#ifndef _DHCP_H_
#define _DHCP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** DHCP operation constant, indicating a request from a host to a DHCP server */
#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST 0x01
/** DHCP operation constant, indicating a reply from a DHCP server to a host */
#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY 0x02
/** Hardware type constant, indicating Ethernet as a carrier */
#define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET 0x01
/** Magic boot protocol "cookie", inserted into all BOOTP packets (BOOTP is the carrier of DHCP) */
#define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63825363
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that a subnet mask will follow */
#define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK 1
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the DHCP message type constant will follow */
#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE 53
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the IP address of the DHCP server will follow */
#define DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER 54
/** DHCP option list entry header, used to pad out option data */
#define DHCP_OPTION_PAD 0
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating the end of option data */
#define DHCP_OPTION_END 255
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server offer an IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER 1
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a DHCP server is offering an IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER 2
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server lease a given IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST 3
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, declining an offered DHCP server IP address lease */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE 4
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, ACKing a host IP lease request */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK 5
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, NACKing a host IP lease request */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_NACK 6
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a host is releasing a leased IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE 7
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */
uint8_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */
uint8_t HardwareAddressLength; /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */
uint8_t Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */
uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */
uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */
uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */
IP_Address_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */
IP_Address_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */
IP_Address_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
IP_Address_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */
uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */
} DHCP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderOutStart);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,130 +1,130 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Ethernet frame packet handling routines. This protocol handles the processing of raw Ethernet
* frames sent and received, deferring the processing of subpacket protocols to the appropriate
* protocol handlers, such as DHCP or ARP.
*/
#include "Ethernet.h"
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the virtual server MAC address. */
const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress = {SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the virtual server IP address. */
const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress = {SERVER_IP_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the broadcast MAC address. */
const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress = {BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a IP address to the broadcast IP address. */
const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress = {BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the client (host) IP address. */
const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress = {CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS};
/** Processes an incoming Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response to the output Ethernet
* frame buffer if the sub protocol handlers create a valid response.
*/
void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* FrameIN, Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* FrameOUT)
{
DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(FrameIN);
/* Cast the incoming Ethernet frame to the Ethernet header type */
Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameINHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameIN->FrameData;
Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData;
int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
/* Ensure frame is addressed to either all (broadcast) or the virtual webserver, and is a type II frame */
if ((MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress) ||
MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)) &&
(SwapEndian_16(FrameIN->FrameLength) > ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE))
{
/* Process the packet depending on its protocol */
switch (SwapEndian_16(FrameINHeader->EtherType))
{
case ETHERTYPE_ARP:
RetSize = ARP_ProcessARPPacket(&FrameIN->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
&FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
break;
case ETHERTYPE_IPV4:
RetSize = IP_ProcessIPPacket(FrameIN,
&FrameIN->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
&FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
break;
}
/* Protocol processing routine has filled a response, complete the ethernet frame header */
if (RetSize > 0)
{
/* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress;
FrameOUTHeader->Destination = FrameINHeader->Source;
FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = FrameINHeader->EtherType;
/* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
FrameOUT->FrameLength = (sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) + RetSize);
FrameOUT->FrameInBuffer = true;
}
}
/* Check if the packet was processed */
if (RetSize != NO_PROCESS)
{
/* Clear the frame buffer */
FrameIN->FrameInBuffer = false;
}
}
/** Calculates the appropriate ethernet checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's
* compliment of each word, complimented.
*
* \param[in] Data Pointer to the packet buffer data whose checksum must be calculated
* \param[in] Bytes Number of bytes in the data buffer to process
*
* \return A 16-bit Ethernet checksum value
*/
uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data, uint16_t Bytes)
{
uint16_t* Words = (uint16_t*)Data;
uint32_t Checksum = 0;
for (uint8_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (Bytes >> 1); CurrWord++)
Checksum += Words[CurrWord];
while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
return ~Checksum;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Ethernet frame packet handling routines. This protocol handles the processing of raw Ethernet
* frames sent and received, deferring the processing of subpacket protocols to the appropriate
* protocol handlers, such as DHCP or ARP.
*/
#include "Ethernet.h"
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the virtual server MAC address. */
const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress = {SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the virtual server IP address. */
const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress = {SERVER_IP_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the broadcast MAC address. */
const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress = {BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a IP address to the broadcast IP address. */
const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress = {BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the client (host) IP address. */
const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress = {CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS};
/** Processes an incoming Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response to the output Ethernet
* frame buffer if the sub protocol handlers create a valid response.
*/
void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* FrameIN, Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* FrameOUT)
{
DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(FrameIN);
/* Cast the incoming Ethernet frame to the Ethernet header type */
Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameINHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameIN->FrameData;
Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT->FrameData;
int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
/* Ensure frame is addressed to either all (broadcast) or the virtual webserver, and is a type II frame */
if ((MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress) ||
MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)) &&
(SwapEndian_16(FrameIN->FrameLength) > ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE))
{
/* Process the packet depending on its protocol */
switch (SwapEndian_16(FrameINHeader->EtherType))
{
case ETHERTYPE_ARP:
RetSize = ARP_ProcessARPPacket(&FrameIN->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
&FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
break;
case ETHERTYPE_IPV4:
RetSize = IP_ProcessIPPacket(FrameIN,
&FrameIN->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
&FrameOUT->FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
break;
}
/* Protocol processing routine has filled a response, complete the ethernet frame header */
if (RetSize > 0)
{
/* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress;
FrameOUTHeader->Destination = FrameINHeader->Source;
FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = FrameINHeader->EtherType;
/* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
FrameOUT->FrameLength = (sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) + RetSize);
FrameOUT->FrameInBuffer = true;
}
}
/* Check if the packet was processed */
if (RetSize != NO_PROCESS)
{
/* Clear the frame buffer */
FrameIN->FrameInBuffer = false;
}
}
/** Calculates the appropriate ethernet checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's
* compliment of each word, complimented.
*
* \param[in] Data Pointer to the packet buffer data whose checksum must be calculated
* \param[in] Bytes Number of bytes in the data buffer to process
*
* \return A 16-bit Ethernet checksum value
*/
uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data, uint16_t Bytes)
{
uint16_t* Words = (uint16_t*)Data;
uint32_t Checksum = 0;
for (uint8_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (Bytes >> 1); CurrWord++)
Checksum += Words[CurrWord];
while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
return ~Checksum;
}

View File

@@ -1,107 +1,107 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Ethernet.c.
*/
#ifndef _ETHERNET_H_
#define _ETHERNET_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDIS.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
#include "ICMP.h"
#include "TCP.h"
#include "UDP.h"
#include "DHCP.h"
#include "ARP.h"
#include "IP.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Physical MAC address of the USB RNDIS network adapter */
#define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
/** Physical MAC address of the virtual server on the network */
#define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
/** Physical MAC address of the network broadcast address */
#define BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
/** Performs a comparison between two MAC addresses, indicating if they are identical.
*
* \param[in] MAC1 First MAC address
* \param[in] MAC2 Second MAC address
*
* \return True if the addresses match, false otherwise
*/
#define MAC_COMPARE(MAC1, MAC2) (memcmp(MAC1, MAC2, sizeof(MAC_Address_t)) == 0)
/** Minimum size of an Ethernet packet in bytes, to conform to the Ethernet V2 packet standard */
#define ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE 0x0600
/** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that no response packet has been generated */
#define NO_RESPONSE 0
/** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that the packet has not yet been handled */
#define NO_PROCESS -1
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an Ethernet frame header */
typedef struct
{
MAC_Address_t Destination; /**< Physical MAC address of the packet recipient */
MAC_Address_t Source; /**< Physics MAC address of the packet source */
union
{
uint16_t EtherType; /**< Ethernet packet sub-protocol type, for Ethernet V2 packets */
uint16_t Length; /**< Ethernet frame length, for Ethernet V1 packets */
};
} Ethernet_Frame_Header_t;
/* External Variables: */
extern const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress;
extern const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress;
extern const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress;
extern const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress;
extern const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* FrameIN, Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* FrameOUT);
uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data, uint16_t Bytes);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Ethernet.c.
*/
#ifndef _ETHERNET_H_
#define _ETHERNET_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/RNDIS.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
#include "ICMP.h"
#include "TCP.h"
#include "UDP.h"
#include "DHCP.h"
#include "ARP.h"
#include "IP.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Physical MAC address of the USB RNDIS network adapter */
#define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
/** Physical MAC address of the virtual server on the network */
#define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
/** Physical MAC address of the network broadcast address */
#define BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
/** Performs a comparison between two MAC addresses, indicating if they are identical.
*
* \param[in] MAC1 First MAC address
* \param[in] MAC2 Second MAC address
*
* \return True if the addresses match, false otherwise
*/
#define MAC_COMPARE(MAC1, MAC2) (memcmp(MAC1, MAC2, sizeof(MAC_Address_t)) == 0)
/** Minimum size of an Ethernet packet in bytes, to conform to the Ethernet V2 packet standard */
#define ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE 0x0600
/** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that no response packet has been generated */
#define NO_RESPONSE 0
/** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that the packet has not yet been handled */
#define NO_PROCESS -1
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an Ethernet frame header */
typedef struct
{
MAC_Address_t Destination; /**< Physical MAC address of the packet recipient */
MAC_Address_t Source; /**< Physics MAC address of the packet source */
union
{
uint16_t EtherType; /**< Ethernet packet sub-protocol type, for Ethernet V2 packets */
uint16_t Length; /**< Ethernet frame length, for Ethernet V1 packets */
};
} Ethernet_Frame_Header_t;
/* External Variables: */
extern const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress;
extern const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress;
extern const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress;
extern const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress;
extern const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* FrameIN, Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* FrameOUT);
uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data, uint16_t Bytes);
#endif

View File

@@ -1,81 +1,81 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* General Ethernet protocol constants and type defines, for use by
* all network protocol portions of the TCP/IP stack.
*/
#ifndef _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
#define _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
/* Macros: */
#define ETHERTYPE_IPV4 0x0800
#define ETHERTYPE_ARP 0x0806
#define ETHERTYPE_RARP 0x8035
#define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALK 0x809b
#define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALKARP 0x80f3
#define ETHERTYPE_IEEE8021Q 0x8100
#define ETHERTYPE_NOVELLIPX 0x8137
#define ETHERTYPE_NOVELL 0x8138
#define ETHERTYPE_IPV6 0x86DD
#define ETHERTYPE_COBRANET 0x8819
#define ETHERTYPE_PROVIDERBRIDGING 0x88a8
#define ETHERTYPE_MPLSUNICAST 0x8847
#define ETHERTYPE_MPLSMULTICAST 0x8848
#define ETHERTYPE_PPPoEDISCOVERY 0x8863
#define ETHERTYPE_PPPoESESSION 0x8864
#define ETHERTYPE_EAPOVERLAN 0x888E
#define ETHERTYPE_HYPERSCSI 0x889A
#define ETHERTYPE_ATAOVERETHERNET 0x88A2
#define ETHERTYPE_ETHERCAT 0x88A4
#define ETHERTYPE_SERCOSIII 0x88CD
#define ETHERTYPE_CESoE 0x88D8
#define ETHERTYPE_MACSECURITY 0x88E5
#define ETHERTYPE_FIBRECHANNEL 0x8906
#define ETHERTYPE_QINQ 0x9100
#define ETHERTYPE_VLLT 0xCAFE
#define PROTOCOL_ICMP 1
#define PROTOCOL_IGMP 2
#define PROTOCOL_TCP 6
#define PROTOCOL_UDP 17
#define PROTOCOL_OSPF 89
#define PROTOCOL_SCTP 132
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a protocol IP address of a device on a network */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Octets[4]; /**< Individual bytes of an IP address */
} IP_Address_t;
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* General Ethernet protocol constants and type defines, for use by
* all network protocol portions of the TCP/IP stack.
*/
#ifndef _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
#define _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
/* Macros: */
#define ETHERTYPE_IPV4 0x0800
#define ETHERTYPE_ARP 0x0806
#define ETHERTYPE_RARP 0x8035
#define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALK 0x809b
#define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALKARP 0x80f3
#define ETHERTYPE_IEEE8021Q 0x8100
#define ETHERTYPE_NOVELLIPX 0x8137
#define ETHERTYPE_NOVELL 0x8138
#define ETHERTYPE_IPV6 0x86DD
#define ETHERTYPE_COBRANET 0x8819
#define ETHERTYPE_PROVIDERBRIDGING 0x88a8
#define ETHERTYPE_MPLSUNICAST 0x8847
#define ETHERTYPE_MPLSMULTICAST 0x8848
#define ETHERTYPE_PPPoEDISCOVERY 0x8863
#define ETHERTYPE_PPPoESESSION 0x8864
#define ETHERTYPE_EAPOVERLAN 0x888E
#define ETHERTYPE_HYPERSCSI 0x889A
#define ETHERTYPE_ATAOVERETHERNET 0x88A2
#define ETHERTYPE_ETHERCAT 0x88A4
#define ETHERTYPE_SERCOSIII 0x88CD
#define ETHERTYPE_CESoE 0x88D8
#define ETHERTYPE_MACSECURITY 0x88E5
#define ETHERTYPE_FIBRECHANNEL 0x8906
#define ETHERTYPE_QINQ 0x9100
#define ETHERTYPE_VLLT 0xCAFE
#define PROTOCOL_ICMP 1
#define PROTOCOL_IGMP 2
#define PROTOCOL_TCP 6
#define PROTOCOL_UDP 17
#define PROTOCOL_OSPF 89
#define PROTOCOL_SCTP 132
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a protocol IP address of a device on a network */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Octets[4]; /**< Individual bytes of an IP address */
} IP_Address_t;
#endif

View File

@@ -1,80 +1,80 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles
* Echo requests from the host, to indicate a successful network connection between the host
* and the virtual server.
*/
#include "ICMP.h"
/** Processes an ICMP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if the host is issuing a ICMP ECHO request.
*
* \param[in] FrameIN Pointer to the incoming Ethernet frame information structure
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ICMP header
* \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ICMP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* FrameIN, void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart)
{
ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderIN = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderOUT = (ICMP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
DecodeICMPHeader(InDataStart);
/* Determine if the ICMP packet is an echo request (ping) */
if (ICMPHeaderIN->Type == ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST)
{
/* Fill out the ICMP response packet */
ICMPHeaderOUT->Type = ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Code = 0;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Id = ICMPHeaderIN->Id;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Sequence = ICMPHeaderIN->Sequence;
uint16_t DataSize = FrameIN->FrameLength - ((((uint16_t)InDataStart + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)) - (uint16_t)FrameIN->FrameData));
/* Copy the remaining payload to the response - echo requests should echo back any sent data */
memcpy(&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
DataSize);
ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(ICMPHeaderOUT, (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)));
/* Return the size of the response so far */
return (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t));
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles
* Echo requests from the host, to indicate a successful network connection between the host
* and the virtual server.
*/
#include "ICMP.h"
/** Processes an ICMP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if the host is issuing a ICMP ECHO request.
*
* \param[in] FrameIN Pointer to the incoming Ethernet frame information structure
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ICMP header
* \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ICMP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* FrameIN, void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart)
{
ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderIN = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderOUT = (ICMP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
DecodeICMPHeader(InDataStart);
/* Determine if the ICMP packet is an echo request (ping) */
if (ICMPHeaderIN->Type == ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST)
{
/* Fill out the ICMP response packet */
ICMPHeaderOUT->Type = ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Code = 0;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Id = ICMPHeaderIN->Id;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Sequence = ICMPHeaderIN->Sequence;
uint16_t DataSize = FrameIN->FrameLength - ((((uint16_t)InDataStart + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)) - (uint16_t)FrameIN->FrameData));
/* Copy the remaining payload to the response - echo requests should echo back any sent data */
memcpy(&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
DataSize);
ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(ICMPHeaderOUT, (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)));
/* Return the size of the response so far */
return (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t));
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}

View File

@@ -1,80 +1,80 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ICMP.c.
*/
#ifndef _ICMP_H_
#define _ICMP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Reply message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY 0
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating a packet destination is unreachable */
#define ICMP_TYPE_DESTINATIONUNREACHABLE 3
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Source Quench message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_SOURCEQUENCH 4
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Redirect message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_REDIRECTMESSAGE 5
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Request message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST 8
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Time Exceeded message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_TIMEEXCEEDED 11
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an ICMP message header. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Type; /**< ICMP message type, a ICMP_TYPE_* constant */
uint8_t Code; /**< ICMP message code, indicating the message value */
uint16_t Checksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the ICMP message */
uint16_t Id; /**< Id of the ICMP message */
uint16_t Sequence; /**< Sequence number of the ICMP message, to link together message responses */
} ICMP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* FrameIN, void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ICMP.c.
*/
#ifndef _ICMP_H_
#define _ICMP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Reply message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY 0
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating a packet destination is unreachable */
#define ICMP_TYPE_DESTINATIONUNREACHABLE 3
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Source Quench message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_SOURCEQUENCH 4
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Redirect message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_REDIRECTMESSAGE 5
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Request message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST 8
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Time Exceeded message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_TIMEEXCEEDED 11
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an ICMP message header. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Type; /**< ICMP message type, a ICMP_TYPE_* constant */
uint8_t Code; /**< ICMP message code, indicating the message value */
uint16_t Checksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the ICMP message */
uint16_t Id; /**< Id of the ICMP message */
uint16_t Sequence; /**< Sequence number of the ICMP message, to link together message responses */
} ICMP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(Ethernet_Frame_Info_t* FrameIN, void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart);
#endif

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More